-
101 διάγω
διάγω [ᾰ],A carry over or across,πορθμῆες δ' ἄρα τούς γε διήγαγον Od.20.187
, cf. Th.4.78;δ. ἐπὶ σχεδίας ἄρτους X.Cyr.2.4.28
.b intr., cross over, Id.An.7.2.12.3 Geom., draw through or across, produce a line, Euc.1.21, al.II of Time, pass, spend,αἰῶνα h.Hom.20.7
; βίοτον, βίον, A.Pers. 711, S.OC 1619, Ar.Nu. 464;δ. τὸν βίον μαχόμενος Pl. R. 579d
;ἡσύχιον βίον δ. ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ
1 Ep.Tim.2.2
; γῆρας, νύκτα, X. Cyr.4.6.6, An.6.5.1;χρόνον Plu.Tim.10
(but χρόνος διῆγέ με, = χρόνον διῆγον, S.El. 782); δ. ἑορτήν celebrate it, Ath.8.363f: hence,2 intr., without βίον, pass life, live, Democr.191, D.18.254, 25.82; = διαιτῶμαι, διατρίβω, Thom.Mag.pp.90,98 R.;δ. ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ Pl.Tht. 174b
; tarry,ἐν τῷ δικαστηρίῳ Id.Euthphr.3e
;ἐν προαστείῳ Hdn.1.12.5
:—[voice] Med.,διαγόμενος Pl.R. 344e
, etc.;τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς εὐσεβῶς δ. Michel352.15
([place name] Iasus).c c. acc. pers., divert, fob off, ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε [τοὺς στρατιώτας] X.An.1.2.11, cf. D.Prooem. 53, Luc.Phal.1.3.d continue,δ. σιωπῇ X.Cyr.1.4.14
: freq. c. part., continue doing so and so,δ. λιπαρέοντας Hdt.1.94
; δ. μανθάνων, ἐπιμελόμενος, X.Cyr.1.2.6, 7.5.85.e with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα δ. Th.7.71
;ἄριστα X.Mem.4.4.15
;εὖ Arist.HA 625b23
; ; also εὐσεβῆ δ. τρόπον περί τινα conduct oneself piously, Ar.Ra. 457.III cause to continue, keep in a certain state,πόλιν ὀρθοδίκαιον δ. A.Eu. 995
(lyr.);πόλεις ἐν ὁμονοίᾳ Isoc.3.41
;ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ βίον.. διῆγεν ὑμᾶς D.18.89
;τὸ ὑπήκοον ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ δ. D.C.40.30
.IV entertain, feed,τραγήμασι καὶ λαχάνοις τὸν στρατόν Philostr.Her.10.4
:—[voice] Pass., [λέων] μελιτούτταις διήγετο Id.VA 5.42
.2 divert,τινὰ ἀπό τινος Philostr.Her.Prooem.3
; simply, divert,τὰς βασιλείους φροντίδας Id.VS1.8.2
. -
102 κατά
κατά [(A)][ κᾰτᾰ], poet. καταί acc. to A.D.Synt.309.28, found in Compds., as καταιβάτης: Prep. with gen. or acc.:—A downwards.A WITH GEN.,I denoting motion from above, down from, βῆ δὲ κατ' Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων, κατ' Ἰδαίων ὀρέων, βαλέειν κ. πέτρης, Il. 22.187, 16.677, Od.14.399;κατ' οὐρανοῦ εἰλήλουθας Il.6.128
; καθ' ἵππων ἀΐξαντε ib. 232;δάκρυα.. κ. βλεφάρων Χαμάδις ῥέε 17.438
;ἵεις σαυτὸν κ. τοῦ τείχους Ar.V. 355
;ἁλόμενοι κ. τῆς πέτρας X.An.4.2.17
;κ. τῶν πετρῶν ὦσαι Pl.Phdr. 229c
;κ. κρημνῶν ῥιφέντες Id.Lg. 944a
:— for κατ' ἄκρης v. ἄκρα:Μοῖσα κ. στόματος Χέε νέκταρ Theoc.7.82
(but perh. in sense 11.1).1 down upon or over,κ. Χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας Il.3.217
; of the dying, κατὰ.. ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ' ἀχλύς a cloud settled upon the eyes, 5.696, cf. 20.321;τὸν δὲ κατ' ὀφθαλμῶν.. νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν 13.580
; φᾶρος κὰκ κεφαλῆς εἴρυσσε down over.., Od.8.85; [ κόπρος]κ. σπείους κέχυτο.. πολλή 9.330
; ὕδωρ κ. Χειρός, v. Χείρ; μύρον κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς καταχέαντες Pl.R. 398a;νάρκη μου κ. τῆς Χειρὸς καταχεῖται Ar.V. 713
;κ. τῆς τραπέζης καταπάσας τέφραν Id.Nu. 177
; ξαίνειν κ. τοῦ νώτου πολλὰς [ πληγάς] D.19.197;ἐσκεδασμένοι κ. τῆς Χώρας Plb.1.17.10
;οἱ κ. νώτου πονοῦντες Id.3.19.7
;ῥόπαλον ἤλασα κὰκ κεφαλῆς Theoc.25.256
; κ. κόρρης παίειν, = ἐπὶ κόρρης, Luc.Cat.12, al.b Geom., along, upon, πίπτειν κατ' [ εὐθείας] Archim.Sph.Cyl.1 Def.2; αἱ γωνίαι κ. κύκλων περιφερειῶν ἐνεχθήσονται will move on.., ib.1.23, al., cf. Aristarch.Sam.1.2 down into,νέκταρ στάξε κ. ῥινῶν Il.19.39
; of a dart,κ. γαίης ᾤχετο 13.504
, etc.; ;ψυχὴ κ. Χθονὸς ᾤχετο 23.100
; κ. γᾶς underground, Pi.O.2.59; κατ' ὕδατος under water, Hdt.2.149; [ ποταμὸς]δὺς κ. τῆς γῆς Pl.Phd.
113c, cf. Ti. 25d;κ. γῆς σύμεναι A.Eu. 1007
(anap.); κ. Χθονὸς κρύψαι to bury. S.Ant.24; ὁ κ. γῆς one dead and buried, X.Cyr.4.6.5;οἱ κ. Χθονὸς θεοί A.Pers. 689
, etc.;θεοὶ<οἱ> κ. γᾶς Id.Ch. 475
(lyr.), etc.; so κ. θαλάσσης ἀφανίζεσθαι, καταδεδυκέναι, Hdt.7.6, 235; also βᾶτε κατ' ἀντιθύρων go down by or through.., S.El. 1433.3 later, towards a point, τοξεύειν κ. σκοποῦ to shoot at, Hdn.6.7.8;κατ' ἰχνῶν τινος ὁδεύειν Luc.Rh.Pr.9
.4 of vows or oaths, by,καθ' ἡμῶν ὀμνύναι D.29.26
, cf. 54.38;ἐπιορκήσασα κ. τῶν παίδων Lys.32.13
; esp. of the victims, etc., over which the oath is taken, ὀμνυόντων τὸν ἐπιχώριον ὅρκον καθ' ἱερῶν τελείων Foed. ap. Th.5.47, cf. Arist.Ath.29.5, Foed.Delph.Pell.1A9, etc.;κ. τῶν νικητηρίων εὐξάμενοι D.Ep.1.16
; also κατ' ἐξωλείας ὀμνύναι to imprecate destruction on oneself, Id.21.119;κατ' ἐξ. ἐπιορκεῖν Id.57.22
.b to make a vow towards, i.e. make a vow of offering..,κ. Χιλίων εὐχὴν ποιήσασθαι Χιμάρων Ar. Eq. 660
.5 in hostile sense, against, A.Ch. 221, S.Aj. 304, etc.;κ. πάντων φύεσθαι D.18.19
; esp. of judges giving sentence against a person, A.Th. 198, S.Aj. 449, etc.;ψεύδεσθαι κατά τινος Lys.22.7
;λέγειν κατά τινος κακά S.Ph.65
, cf. X.HG1.5.2, etc.; of speeches, [ λόγος] κ. Μειδίου, etc. (opp. πρὸς Λεπτίνην, in reply to L.);δῶρα εἰληφέναι κατά τινος Din.3.6
, cf. 18.6 of Time, for,μισθοῦν κ. εἴκοσι ἐτῶν IG12.94.37
; κ. βίου for life, Tab.Heracl.1.50;κὰπ παντὸς Χρόνοι IG9(2).517.20
([place name] Larissa ) (butκ. παντὸς τοῦ Χρόνου σκέψασθε D. 22.72
falls under 7);κ. παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος ἀείμνηστον Lycurg.7
.7 in respect of, concerning,μὴ κατ' ἀνθρώπων σκόπει μόνον τοῦτο Pl. Phd. 70d
;κ. τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν τοιαῦτα εὑρήσομεν Id.Sph. 253b
; οἱ κ. Δημοσθένους ἔπαινοι praises bestowed on D., Aeschin.3.50; ἐρεῖν or λέγειν κατά τινος to say of one, Pl.Ap. 37b, Prt. 323b, etc.;εἰ κ. θηλείας φαίης A.D.Synt.198.10
;εἴπερ ἕν γέ τι ζητεῖς κ. πάντων Pl.Men. 73d
, cf. 74b;ὅπερ εἴρηται καθόλου κ. πασῶν τῶν πολιτειῶν Arist.Pol. 1307b2
; freq. in the Logic of Arist., κατά τινος λέγεσθαι or κατηγορεῖσθαι to be predicated of.., Int.16b10, Cat. 1b10, etc.; καταφῆσαί (or ἀποφῆσαί) τι κατά τινος to affirm (or deny) of.., Metaph. 1007b21; soκ. τινὸς ὑπάρχειν Int. 16b13
: and in Adv. καθόλου (q.v.).B WITH Acc.,I of motion downwards, κ. ῥόον down stream, Od.14.254, Il.12.33; opp. ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμόν, Hdt.2.96; κ. τὸν ποταμόν, κ. τὸ ὑδάτιον, Id.1.194, Pl.Phdr. 229a; κατ' οὖρον ἰέναι, ῥεῖν, down (i.e. with) the wind, A.Th. 690, S.Tr. 468; κ. πνεῦμα, κατ' ἄνεμον ἵστασθαι to leeward, Arist.HA 535a19, 560b13, Dsc.4.153.2 with or without signf. of motion, on, over, throughout a space, freq. in Hom.,καθ' Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον Ἄργος Od.1.344
; κατ' Ἀχαΐδα, κ. Τροίην, Il.11.770, 9.329;κατ' ἠερόεντα κέλευθα Od.20.64
; κ. πόντον, κῦμα, ὕλην, Il.4.276, 6.136, 3.151;κ. πτόλιν Od.2.383
; κ. ἄστυ, οἶκον, Il.18.286, 6.56; κ. ὅμιλον, στρατόν, 3.36, 1.229; κ. κλισίας τε νέας τε ib. 487;πόλεμον κάτα δακρυόεντα 17.512
; κ. ὑσμίνην, μόθον, κλόνον, 5.84, 18.159, 16.331;τὸ ὕδωρ κ. τοὺς ταφροὺς ἐχώρει X.Cyr.7.5.16
, etc. (in later Gr.of motion to a place,κ. τὴν Ἰταλίαν Zos.3.1
);καθ' Ἑλλάδα A.Ag. 578
;κ. πτόλιν Id.Th.6
;αἱ σκηναὶ αἱ κ. τὴν ἀγοράν D.18.169
;τὰ κατ' ἀγροὺς Διονύσια Aeschin.1.157
, etc.;κ. τὸ προάστιον Hdt.3.54
;τύμβον κατ' αὐτόν A. Th. 528
, cf. Supp. 869 (lyr.): Geom., at a point, Euc.1.1,al.; τέμνειν [ σφαῖραν] κ. κύκλον in a circle, Archim.Aren.1.17; also, in the region of,οἱ κ. τὸν ἥλιον γινόμενοι ἀστέρες Gem.12.7
: freq. in Hom. in describing the place of a wound, βαλεῖν κ. στῆθος, γαστέρα, etc., Il.11.108, 16.465, al.;νύξε κ. δεξιὸν ὦμον 5.46
;οὔτασε κατ' ἰσχίον 11.339
; so βαλεῖν κατ' ἀσπίδα, κ. ζωστῆρα, 5.537, 615; βέλος κ. καίριον ἦλθεν struck upon a vital part, v.l. in 11.439: metaph.,ἄχος κ. φρένα τύψε 19.125
: generally, κ. φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν in heart and soul, 4.163, al.3 opposite, over against,κ. Σινώπην πόλιν Hdt.1.76
, cf. 2.148, Th.2.30, etc.;ἀνὴρ κατ' ἄνδρα A.Th. 505
;μολὼν.. μοι κ. στόμα Id.Ch. 573
;κατ' ὀφθαλμούς τινος LXX 2 Ki.12.11
;οἱ μὲν Ἀθηναῖοι κ. Λακεδαιμονίους ἐγένοντο X.HG4.2.18
; κατ' Ἀχαιοὺς ἀντετάχθησαν ibid.;ἐν συμποσίῳ.., περίμενε, μέχρις ἂν γένηται κατὰ σέ Epict.Ench. 15
, cf. D.L.7.108.II distributively, of a whole divided into parts, κρῖν' ἄνδρας κ. φῦλα, κ. φρήτρας by tribes, by clans, Il.2.362; κ. σφέας μαχέονται by themselves, separately, ib. 366, cf. Th.4.64;ἐσκήνουν κ. τάξεις X.Cyr.2.1.25
;αὐτὴ καθ' αὑτήν A.Pr. 1013
; κ. κώμας κατοικημένοι in separate villages, Hdt.1.96; κατ' ἑωυτοὺς ἕκαστοι ἐτράποντο each to his own home, Id.5.15; κ. πόλεις ἀποπλεῦσαι, διαλυθῆναι, Th.1.89, 3.1:στρατιὰ κ. ἕνδεκα μέρη κεκοσμημένη Pl.Phdr. 247a
; laterοἱ κατ' ἄνδρα λόγοι PLond.2.259.72
(i A. D.), cf. D.Chr.32.6, etc.;ἡ κατ' οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή PLond.3.904.20
(ii A.D.), etc.; κατ' ἔπος word by word, Ar.Ra. 802; κατ' ὄνομα individually, 3 Ep.Jo.15, etc.; παῖδα κ. κρήνην at each fount a boy, Lyr.Alex.Adesp.37.13, cf. POxy 2108.9 (iii A.D.).2 of Time, καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, day by day, daily, v. ἡμέρα 111; καθ' ἑνιαυτόν, κατ' ἔτος, Test.Epict.6.24, Ev.Luc.2.41, etc.;κ. μῆνα POxy.275.18
(i A.D.).3 of Numbers, by so many at a time, καθ' ἕνα one at a time, individually, Hdt.7.104 (later detailed list,PTeb.
47.34 (ii B.C.), etc.); κ. μίαν τε καὶ δύο by ones and twos, Hdt.4.113; ; ; κ. τὰς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μνᾶς πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς εἰσφέρειν to pay 500 drachmae on every 25 minae, D.27.7;κ. διακοσίας καὶ τριακοσίας ὁμοῦ τι τάλαντον διακεχρημένον
in separate sums of and 300 drachmae, Id.27.11; of ships, κ. μίαν (sc. ναῦν) in column, Th.2.90;κ. μίαν ναῦν ἐπιτάττειν Plb.1.26.12
, cf. Th.2.84: Geom., μετρεῖν, μετρεισθαι κατά.. , measure, be measured a certain number of times, Euc.7 Def.8,9,al.; μετρεῖν κ. τὰς ἐν τῷ Β μονάδας as many times as there are units in B, Id.7.16.III of direction towards an object or purpose, πλεῖν κ. πρῆξιν on a business, for or after a matter, Od. 3.72, 9.253; πλάζεσθαι κ. ληΐδα to rove in search of booty, 3.106; κ.ληΐην ἐκπλῶσαι Hdt.2.152
;ἔβη κ. δαῖτα Il.1.424
;ἐπιδημεῖν κατ' ἐμπορίαν IG22.141.32
, cf. Arist.Ath.11.1; κ. Χρέος τινὸς ἐλθεῖν come to seek his help, consult him, Od.11.479, etc.;ἵεται κ. τὴν φωνήν Hdt.2.70
; κ. θέαν ἥκειν to have come for the purpose of seeing, Th.6.31;κ. πλοῦν ἤδη ὤν Id.7.31
;καθ' ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι X.An.3.5.2
; κ. τί; for what purpose? why? Ar.Nu. 239.2 of pursuit,κ. πόδας τινὸς ἐλαύνειν Hdt.9.89
; simply κ. τινά after him, Id.1.84;ἰέναι κ. τοὺς ἄλλους Id.9.53
; κατ' ἴχνος on the track, S.Aj.32, A.Ag. 695 (lyr.);ὥσπερ κατ' ἴχνη κ. τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα ζῆν Pl.Phd. 115b
.3 Geom., in adverbial phrases, κ. κάθετον in the same vertical line, Archim. Quadr.6; κατ' εὐθεῖάν τινι in the same straight line with.., Papp. 58.7.IV of fitness or conformity, in accordance with,κ. θυμόν Il.1.136
; καθ' ἡμέτερον νόον after our liking, 9.108;κ. νόον πρήξωμεν Hdt.4.97
; κ. μοῖραν as is meet and right, Il.1.286; κατ' αἶσαν, κ. κόσμον, 10.445, 472;κ. νόμον Hes.Th. 417
;κὰν νόμον Pi.O.8.78
;κ. τοὺς νόμους IG22.1227.15
; αἰτίαν καθ' ἥντινα for what cause, A.Pr. 228; κατ' ἔχθραν, κ. φθόνον, for (i.e. because of) hatred, envy, Id.Supp. 336, Eu. 686; καθ' ἡδονήν τι δρᾶν, ποιεῖν, do as one pleases, Th. 2.37,53;κ. τὸ ἔχθος τὸ Θεσσαλῶν Hdt.8.30
, cf. 9.38; κ. φιλίαν, κατ' ἔχθος, Th.1.60, 103, etc.; κατ' ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, ὅτι δέ.. for no other reason but that.., Pl.Phdr. 229d; κ. δύναμιν to the best of one's power, Hdt.3.142, etc. ( κὰδ δ. Hes.Op. 336); κ. τρόπον διοικεῖν arrange suitably, Isoc.2.6,al.; κατ' εὐνοίην with goodwill, Hdt.6.108;κ. τὰ παρηγγελμένα X.An.2.2.8
, etc.; in quotations, according to,κατ' Αἰσχύλον Ar.Th. 134
;κ. Πίνδαρον Pl.Phdr. 227b
, etc.2 in relation to, concerning, τὰ κατ' ἀνθρώπους = τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, A.Eu. 930, 310;τὰ κ. τὸν Τέλλον Hdt.1.31
; τὰ κ. τὴν Κύρου τελευτήν ib. 214; τὰ κ. πόλεμον military matters, Aeschin.1.181; αἱ κ. τὴν πόλιν οἰκονομίαι (opp. αἱ πολεμικαὶ πράξεις ) the management of public affairs, Din. 1.97;τὰ κ. τὰς θυσίας SIG506.7
(Delph., iii B.C.); so τὸ κατ' ὑμέας as far as concerns you, Hdt.7.158; τὸ κατ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, D.18.247; κ. τοῦτο in this respect, Hdt.5.3, etc.; κ. ταὐτά in the same way, Id.2.20; καθ' ὅτι so far as, Th.1.82, etc.3 in Comparisons, corresponding with, after the fashion of, κρομύοιο λοπὸν κ. like the coat of an onion, dub. in Od.19.233;μέλος κ. Φοίνισσαν ἐμπολὰν πέμπεται Pi.P.2.67
; κ. Μιθραδάτην answering to the description of him, Hdt.1.121; τὴν ἰδέαν κ. πνιγέα like an oven in appearance, Ar.Av. 1001; κηδεῦσαι καθ' ἑαυτόν to marry in one's own rank of life, A.Pr. 890;οὐ κατ' ἄνθρωπον φρονεῖν Id.Th. 425
;λέγω κατ' ἄνδρα, μὴ θεόν, σέβειν ἐμέ Id.Ag. 925
; οὐ κατὰ σέ none of your sort, Chionid.1 (but ἵνα προσείπω σε κατὰ σέ to address you in your own style, Pl.Grg. 467c);τὸ κατ' ἐμὲ καὶ οὐ κατ' ἐμέ Arr.Epict.1.28.5
;οὐ κ. τὰς Μειδίου λῃτουργίας D.21.169
;ἡ βασιλεία κ. τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν ἐστί Arist.Pol. 1310b3
: freq. after a [comp] Comp.,μέζων ἢ κατ' ἀνθρώπων φύσιν Hdt.8.38
, cf. Pl.Ap. 20e, etc.; μείζω ἢ κ. δάκρυα too great for tears, Th.7.75; ἤθεα βαθύτερα ἢ κ. Θρήϊκας morerefined than was common among the Thracians, Hdt.4.95.V by the favour of a god, etc.,κ. δαίμονα Pi.O.9.28
, cf. P.8.68;κ. θεῖον Ar.Eq. 147
codd. (κ. θεὸν Cobet);κ. τύχην τινά D.48.24
.VI of round numbers (v. infr. v11.2), nearly, about,κ. Χίλια ἑξακόσια ἔτεα 1600
years more or less, Hdt.2.145, cf. 6.44, al.; κατ' οὐδέν next to nothing, Pl.Plt. 302b.VII of Time, during or in the course of a period,κ. τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.7.137
; καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, by day, A. Ch. 818, Ag. 668;κατ' εὐφρόνην Id.Pers. 221
; κ. Χειμῶνα, κ. θερείαν, PLille 1r14 (iii B.C.), PTeb.27.60 (ii B.C.).2 about,κ. τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον Χρόνον Hdt.3.131
, etc.;κ. τοὺς θανάτους τῶν βασιλέων Id.6.58
; esp. with names of persons, κ. Ἄμασιν βασιλεύοντα about the time of Amasis, Id.2.134;κ. τὸν κ. Κροῖσον Χρόνον Id.1.67
; οἱ κατ' ἐκεῖνον (sc. τὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην)ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι D.21.146
(v.l. κατ' ἐκ. τὸν Χρόνον); κ. τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας X.Lac.10.8
; οἱ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἄνθρωποι their contemporaries, Id.Mem.3.5.10.3 καθ' ἕτος this year, SIG 284.24 (Erythrae, iv B.C.), OGI458.64 (i B.C./iA.D.), CIG3641b5,38 ([place name] Lampsacus).VIII periphrastically with abstract Subst., κατ' ἡσυχίην, κ. τάχος, = ἡσύχως, ταχέως, Hdt.1.9,7.178; κ. κράτος by force, X.HG2.1.19, etc.; κ. μέρος partially, Arist.Po. 1456a16; individually, severally, Pl.Tht. 157b, Lg. 835a; κ. φύσιν naturally, Hdt. 2.38, Pl.R. 428e; κ. τὴν τέχνην skilfully, Luc.DDeor.20.7; οὔτ' ἐμοὶ λέγειν καθ' ἡδονήν [ ἐστι] it is not pleasant for me to tell you, A.Pr. 263.C Position: κατά may follow both its cases, and is then written with anastr. κάτα, as Il.20.221, etc.; so also in tmesi, when it follows its Verb, 17.91.D abs. as ADV. in all the above senses, esp. like κάτω, downwards, from above, down, freq. in Hom.I downwards, down, as inκαταβαίνω, καταβάλλω, κατάκειμαι, καταπέμπω, καταπίπτω, καταπλέω 1
.III against, in hostile sense (cf. A.11.5), as in καταγιγνώσκω, κατακρίνω, καταψηφίζομαι: more rarely with a Subst., as καταδίκη.IV back, back again, as inκάτειμι, καταπορεύομαι, καταπλέω 11
.V freq. only to strengthen the notion of the simple word, as in κατακόπτω, κατακτείνω, καταφαγεῖν, etc.; also with Substs. and Adjs., as in κατάδηλος, κάτοξος.VI sts. to give a trans. force to an intr. Verb, our be-, as in καταθρηνέω bewail.VII implying waste or consumption, as in καταλειτουργέω, καθιπποτροφέω, καταζευγοτροφέω: and generally in a disparaging sense, as in .F κατά as a Prep. was shortd. in some dialects, esp. in [dialect] Ep., into κάγ, κάδ, κάκ, κάμ, κάν, κάπ, κάρ, κάτ, before γ, δ, κ, μ, ν, π (or φ) , ῥ, τ (or θ), respectively; see these forms in their own places. Mss. and the older Edd. join the Prep. with the following word, as καγγόνυ, καδδέ, κακκεφαλῆς, καππεδίον, καπφάλαρα, καρρόον, καττάδε, καττόν, etc. In compd. Verbs, κατά sts. changes into καβ, καλ, καρ, κατ, before β, λ, ρ, θ, respectively, as κάββαλε, κάλλιπε, καρρέζουσα, κάτθανε; and before στ, σχ, the second syll. sts. disappears, as in καστορνῦσα, κάσχεθε, as also in the [dialect] Dor. forms καβαίνων, κάπετον.------------------------------------κατά [(B)], -
103 καταλαμβάνω
A (in pass.sense, A.D.Synt. 48.9), [dialect] Ion.- λάμψομαι Hdt.6.39
, [dialect] Aeol. - λᾱμψομαι dub. in Alc.Supp. 5.9 (v. λαμβάνω): [tense] pf. , etc. ( (Carpathos, iv B. C.)),- λελάβηκα Pherecyd.Syr.
ap. D.L.1.122, Hdt.3.42 (v.l. -λελαβήκεε):—[voice] Pass., [dialect] Ion. [tense] aor.- ελάμφθην Id.5.21
; (Zelea, iv B. C.): [tense] pf. in med. sense, D.S.17.85:—seize, lay hold of, c. acc.,τοῦ κατὰ νῶτα λαβών Od.9.433
, cf. Ar.Lys. 624, etc.;κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.1.126
, cf. Hdt.5.71, Ar.Lys. 263(lyr., tm.), Isoc.4.153, etc. (metaph., τὴν τοῦ νέου τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκρόπολιν κ. Pl.R. 560b); πάντα φυλακαῖς κ. Plu.Per.33;κ. ἕδρας Ar.Ec.21
, 86; φάσκων Ποσειδῶ πρότερον Ἀθηνᾶς καταλαβεῖν αὐτήν (sc. τὴν πόλιν) Isoc.12.193; later, simply, arrive at a place, POxy. 1829 (vi A. D.), etc.:—[voice] Med., seize for oneself,τὰ πρήγματα Hdt.6.39
; τὰ ἄλλοι οὐ κατελάβοντο matters which others had not preoccupied, ib.55: freq. in Plb.,κ. λόφον 1.19.5
, al.:—[voice] Pass., of a person, ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καταληφθείς possessed, Plot. 5.8.11.2 of death, fatigue, disaster, etc.,τὸν δὲ κατ' ὄσσε ἔλλαβε.. θάνατος Il.5.82
;Ἄργον.. κατὰ μοῖρ' ἔλαβεν.. θανάτοιο Od.17.326
: c. dupl. acc., ;Δίκη καταλήψεται ψευδῶν τέκτονας Heraclit.28
; befall, overtake,συμφορὰ κ. πόλεις E.Hipp. 1161
: freq.in Hdt., ; πένθεα μεγάλα τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους κ. ibid., cf. 3.42; ὅσα φεύγοντας ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος κακὰ ἐπίδοξα καταλαμβάνειν may be expected to befall them, 4.11; : folld. by inf.,νοῦσός τινα κ. νοσῆσαι 3.149
, cf. 3.75; πρίν τι ἀνήκεστον ἡμᾶς κ. Th.4.20;κίνδυνος κ. τινά D.18.99
; rarely of good fortune,τοῦτον κατέλαβε εὐτυχίη τις Hdt.3.139
.3 seize with the mind, comprehend, Pl.Ax. 370a, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.39, Plb.8.2.6, Ev.Jo.1.5 (perh. overcome); κάλλος διὰ τῆς [ ὄψεως] Pl.Phdr. 250d;ἐκ τοῦ φάσματος ὅτι.. D.H.5.46
, cf. Arr.Epict.1.5.6:—so in [voice] Med., D.H.2.66, S.E.M.7.288;ὅτι.. Act.Ap.4.13
;τί τὸ πλάτος Ep.Eph.3.18
:— [voice] Pass., Phld.Sign.22, Mus.p.62K., Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.8.II catch, overtake, come up with,τοὺς φεύγοντας Hdt.1.63
, cf. 2.30, etc.:—[voice] Pass., Id.7.211, Plb.1.47.8.2 find on arrival, c. part.,τινὰ ζῶντα Hdt.3.10
;τὰ πλεῖστα.. προειργασμένα Th.8.65
;πάντα ἔξω Id.2.18
;ἀνεῳγμένην τὴν θύραν Pl. Smp. 174d
;τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐξιόντας D.21.85
;τινὰ ἔνδον Pl.Prt. 311a
;τῶν φορτίων πολλὴν ἀπρασίαν D.34.8
;τι ὑπάρχον Arist.Top. 131a29
; detect,ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ ἐμαυτόν Pl.Ap. 22b
:—[voice] Pass., , cf. Ev.Jo.8.3, etc.;κατείληπτο σοφιζόμενος D.21.164
; to be taken by surprise, Plu.Publ.20.III impers., καταλαμβάνει τινά c. inf., it happens to one, it is one's fortune to..,καταλαμβάνει μιν φεύγειν Hdt.2.152
, cf. 3.118;καταλελάβηκέ με.. τοῦτο.. ἐκφῆναι Id.3.65
, cf. 4.105, 6.38.IV abs., πρὸς τὴν καταλαβοῦσαν συμφορήν that had befallen, Id.4.161; τὰ καταλαβόντα, = τὰ συμβάντα, what had happened, the circumstances, Id.9.49;ἢν πόλεμος καταλάβῃ Th.2.54
, cf. 18;εἰ -λαμβάνοι ἀναχώρησις Id.4.31
; τῆς νυκτὸς -λαμβανούσης as night was coming on, D.S.20.86;Χειμῶνος ἤδη -λαμβάνοντος Hdn.7.2.9
.V hold down, cover,τῇ Χειρὶ τὸν ὀφθαλμόν Pl.Tht. 165b
;τὰς Χεῖρας Plu.Sert.26
; fasten down,κ. πῶμα γόμφοις Id.2.356c
, cf. Gal.13.358 (so in [voice] Med., D.S.3.37):—[voice] Pass., to be compressed, opp. διαλύεσθαι, Arist.Pr. 870b11;τὰς φλέβας -λαμβανόμενοι Id.Somn.Vig. 455b7
.2 keep under, repress, check,κ. τινῶν αὐξανομένην τὴν δύναμιν Hdt.1.46
; κ. τὸ πῦρ get it under, ib.87;ἴσχε καὶ κ. σεωυτόν Id.3.36
; κ. τὰς διαφοράς put an end to them, Id.7.9.β; κ. ἐρίζοντας stop their quarrelling, Id.3.128: folld. by inf.,κ. τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ταῦτα μὴ ποιέειν Id.2.162
; ὁ τῶν Περσέων θάνατος καταλαμφθεὶς ἐσιγήθη inquiries about their death being checked.., Id.5.21.b κ. τὸ πνεῦμα hold the breath, Gal.6.176, al.3 bind,κ. πίστι καὶ ὁρκίοισι Hdt.9.106
;ὅρκοις Th.4.86
, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,εἴ τινι -λέλαμμαι ὅρκῳ SIG360.41
([place name] Chersonesus); νόμοις, ἔθεσι κατειλημμένα enforced, Arist.Pol. 1324b22; ; [ τὰς σπονδὰς] ηὗρε κατειλημμένας he found the treaty concluded, Th.5.21 codd.4 compel, constrain one to do, c. inf., ἀναγκαίη μιν κ. φαίνειν forces him to bring out the truth, Hdt.3.75:—[voice] Pass., ἀναγκαίῃ καταλαμβανόμενος being constrained, Id.2.65, cf. Th.7.57.5 convict, condemn, Antipho 2.4.11; opp. ἀπολύειν, Id.4.4.9;ἐὰν καταληφθεὶς ἀποθάνω Id.2.2.9
, cf. IG12(2).526A20 (Eresus, iv B. C.); of the prosecutor, secure a conviction, Rev.Phil.1928.192 (Erythrae, v B. C.); (Teos, ii B. C.), etc.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καταλαμβάνω
-
104 οὐ
οὐ, the negative ofA fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.A USAGE.I as the negative of single words,II as the negative of the sentence.I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g.εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained,εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
;εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
;ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή)φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles:οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives:οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.;οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs:οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.II as negativing the whole sentence,1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. withoutμά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.2 with ind. of statement,τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495;οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ;οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
;οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., ; , cf. 11.387.4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., , 20.286.5 with opt. andἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing,ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. andἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq.,ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning,χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
;ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
;διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
;μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.;νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
;ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; , etc.: in causal relative sentences,οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as , cf. Hec. 298;οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. withἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411;οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
;οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic.,εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion,μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
;κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so alsoδεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
;Id.
15.23, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged,εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
;E.
Ion 347.8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta,φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.;λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18;οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses,οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.;αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, ; . 3; , etc.; or into a causal sentence,τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
;τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, , cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., , etc.;ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; , cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found,ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
;τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
;οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
;τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; , cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43;τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v.μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used,τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
;τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; (whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137;ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
;ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article,ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
;A.
Pr. 956: so as a strong form of imper., ;E.
Ion 524; ;Din.
1.18; ;Ar.
Ach. 484; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives,οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; ;οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free,κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79;χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause,καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
;ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end,βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
;οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
;ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; soτὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. withὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.;Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause afterμέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b;κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., ;ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; : the first neg. may be a compd.,καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; (similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ; οὐ follows the compd. neg.,οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν )ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis,οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
;οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; : so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587;θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; (but prob. f.l.);οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force,ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
;ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g.οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, , cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.;οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; ;ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49;ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d;ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence,ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, ;σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
;ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as inἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., , etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, .—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess.,οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf.οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse,ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
;ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B), ;A.
Ag. 273,Fr. 310; ;Id.
Supp. 918, Ar. Pax 1027;ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared. -
105 πολιτεύω
A- σω Th.1.19
, X.HG2.3.2:— to be a citizen or freeman, live in a free state, Th.2.46, 3.34,4.114, X.An.3.2.26;οἴκοι π. SIG306.21
(Tegea, iv B. C.);π. παρά τισι X.HG1.5.19
; πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ, = μετοικῶν, Schwyzer 425.5 (Elis, iii/ii B.C.); κατὰ νόμους π., opp. monarchy, Plb.4.76.2: more freq. in [voice] Med., v. infr.2 have a certain form of government, administer the state,κατ' ὀλιγαρχίαν π. Th.1.19
, 3.62;π. ὥσπερ εἰώθεσαν Id.4.130
;κατὰ τὰ ἴδια κέρδη π. Id.2.65
;πρὸς τὸ ἴδιον κέρδος X.HG1.4.13
;ἐλευθέρως τὰ πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν π. Th.2.37
:—[voice] Pass., of the state, to be governed,τὰς εὖ -ευομένας πόλεις Isoc.6.35
, cf. Pl.R. 427a, etc.;ἄνευ ὁμονοίας οὔτ' ἂν πόλις εὖ -ευθείη X. Mem.4.4.16
; τὰ πεπολιτευμένα αὐτοῖς the measures of their administration, D.1.28;τὰ κοινῇ πεπ. Id.18.8
, cf. Isoc.16.45, etc.b [voice] Pass., in Law, to be customary,τὸ μέχρι νῦν -ευόμενον Just.Nov.73.8.2
, cf. 52 Praef.; ἡ -ευομένη τῆς ἀρτάβης (sc. τιμή) customary price, PGiss. 105.7 (v A.D.).3 [voice] Pass., to be made a citizen,τοὺς ἐπὶ Τέλωνος πολιτευθέντας D.S.11.72
.B most freq. in [voice] Med., [tense] fut.πολιτεύσομαι Ar.Eq. 1365
, X.Ath. 3.9: [tense] aor.ἐπολιτευσάμην And.2.10
, D.18.207; also [voice] Pass.ἐπολιτεύθην Th.6.92
, Lys.26.5, ([etym.] ἐν-) Isoc.5.5, etc.: [tense] pf.πεπολίτευμαι Lys.25.10
, D.13.35, etc.:—like the [voice] Act., live as a free citizen, chiefly in Prose (once in E. (v. infr.), twice in Ar. (v. infr.));π. μεθ' ὑμῶν And.
l. c.;ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ X.Cyr.1.1.1
, etc.; ; opp. μετοικέω, Lys.12.20;ἐν εἰρήνῃ X.HG2.4.22
;ἀδίκως πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους π. Lys.14.42
;εἰ πένης.. λαὸς πολιτεύοιτο πλουσίων ἄτερ E.Fr.21
.II take part in the government, Critias 45 D., Th.2.15 (as v.l.), Nausiph.2, Hyp.Eux.27, D.18.18; meddle with politics, Pl.R. 561d; opp. ἰδιωτεύειν, Aeschin.1.195; hold public office, show public spirit, IG4.858 (Methana, cf. Glotta14.78), SIG850.14 (Epist. Antonini Pii), etc.2 c. acc., administer, govern, ;τὰ καθ' αὑτοὺς πολιτεύεσθαι D.10.74
;ἃ καὶ πεποίηκα καὶ πεπολίτευμαι Id.18.4
; οὐ τὰ βέλτιστα π. ib.207; π. πόλεμον ἐκ πολέμου make perpetual war the principle of government, Aeschin.2.177: abs., conduct the government, Ar.Eq. 1365;κατὰ συμμορίας D. 2.29
;διὰ τοὺς ἀδίκως -ομένους ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ δημοκρατία γίγνεται Lys.25.27
; ; οἱ πολιτευόμενοι the ministers, Id.3.30, 24.157.III have a certain form of government,τοὺς ἄριστα τῶν ἄλλων πολιτευομένους Isoc.3.24
;ἡμῶν ἐγγὺς π. Pl.R. 568b
; κατὰ τὰ πάτρια π. Decr. ap. And.1.83; οἱ τὴν ἄνισον πολιτείαν πολιτευόμενοι, i. e. those living in an oligarchy or a tyranny, Aeschin.1.5.IV serve as curialis, Mitteis Chr. 97i18 (iv A. D.), PLips. 62i2 (iv A. D.), POxy.2106.19 (iv A.D.), etc.V in Law, execute according to custom,διαθήκας Just.Nou.66.1
Intr.VI deal with, in private affairs,ἀλλήλοις PHib.1.63.11
(iii B. C.);πρὸς [τοὺς θεοὺς] ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως UPZ144.14
, cf. 110.78 (ii B.C.), LXX 2 Ma.11.25, Aristeas 31, Act.Ap.23.1;π. πᾶσαν πολιτείαν κατὰ τὸν ἰουδαϊσμόν BCH56.293
(Stobi, i/ii A. D.); behave, Ep.Phil.1.27.b metaph., arrange, bring about, συνοδίαν, γάμον, Charito 1.1, 2.2.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πολιτεύω
-
106 πράσσω
πράσσω, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. [full] πρήσσω, [dialect] Att. [full] πράττω (first in IG12.7.11, al., Ar. and X.), Cret. [full] πράδδω Leg.Gort.1.35: [tense] fut. πράξω, [dialect] Ion. πρήξω: [tense] aor. ἔπραξα, [dialect] Ion. ἔπρηξα: [tense] pf. πέπραχα, [dialect] Ion. πέπρηχα, (trans.) Hdt.5.106, X.HG5.2.32, Cyr.3.1.15, Din.3.21, Men.619, IG9(2).517.36 (Larissa, iii B. C.), PHib.1.80.11 (iii B. C.), (intr.) Pl.Com.187 codd., Arist.Rh.Al. 1440a36: [tense] plpf. ἐπεπράχει ([etym.] ν) (trans.) X. l.c., (intr.) App. BC5.83: [tense] pf. 2 πέπρᾱγα, [dialect] Ion. πέπρηγα, (intr.) Pi.P.2.73, Hdt.2.172, Ar.Pl. 629, Ra. 302, X.HG1.4.2, (trans.) Arist.EN 1168b35, al., SIG 364.70 (Ephesus, iii B. C.): [tense] plpf. ἐπεπράγεσαν (intr.) Th.2.4,7.24:— [tense] pf. πέπραγα [dialect] Att., πέπραχα Hellenistic, acc. to Moer.p.293 P., Phryn. PSp.103 B., but see above:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.A , X. HG6.2.36 (also in pass. sense, Pi.P.4.243 (prob.), Pl.R. 452a): [tense] aor. , Th.4.65, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. (v.supr.), alsoπραχθήσομαι Aeschin.3.98
, Arist.Rh. 1359a11, etc.; [tense] fut. 3πεπράξομαι S.OC 861
, Ar.Av. 847, Eup.9.3 D.: [tense] aor. , Th.4.54, etc.: [tense] pf.πέπραγμαι A.Pr.75
, etc. (sts. in med. sense, v. infr. vi). [[pron. full] ᾱ by nature, as is shown by the [dialect] Ion. form πρήσσω, and by the accent in πρᾶγμα, πρᾶξις, etc.]I in [dialect] Ep. only, pass through, pass over,δὶς τόσσον ἅλα πρήσσοντες ἀπῆμεν Od.9.491
;ῥίμφα πρήσσοντε κέλευθον Il.14.282
, 23.501;ῥίμφα πρήσσουσι κέλευθον Od.13.83
;ὁδὸν πρήσσουσιν ὁδῖται h.Merc. 203
: c. gen.,ἵνα πρήσσωμεν ὁδοῖο Il.24.264
, Od.15.219; ὄφρα πρ. ὁδοῖο ib.47;ἵνα πρήσσῃσιν ὁδοῖο 3.476
: Gramm. note that this sense is found only in [tense] pres., An.Ox.1.355, EM688.1.II experience certain for- tunes, fare well or ill,ὁ στόλος οὕτως ἔπρηξε Hdt.3.26
, cf.4.77, Th.7.24; soὡς ἔπρηξε Hdt.7.18
;κατὰ νόον π. Id.4.97
, cf. Ar.Eq. 549;πράξασαν ὡς ἔπραξεν A.Ag. 1288
;εὖ πέπραγεν, ὅτι.. Pi.P.2.73
, cf. Hdt.1.24,42, etc.;φλαύρως π. τῷ στόλῳ Id.6.94
;π. καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;χαλεπώτατα π. Th.8.95
;ταπεινῶς π. Isoc.5.64
;ὅστις καλῶς πράττει, οὐχὶ καὶ εὖ πράττει; Pl.Alc.1.116b
;π. εὐτυχῶς S.Ant. 701
; ; μακαρίως, εὐδαιμόνως, Ar.Pl. 629, 802: freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj.,εὖ π. τι S.OT 1006
, cf. OC 391;μηδὲν εὖ π. X.Mem.1.6.8
;χρηστόν τι π. Ar.Pl. 341
;καλά Th.6.16
;χείρω Id.7.71
; ;πάντ' ἀγαθά Ar.Ra. 302
, cf. Eq. 683 (lyr.); (anap.);πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθά X.An.6.4.8
;οἷον ἥθελεν S.OC 1704
(lyr.);πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου E.Or. 355
(anap.), cf.X.Mem.3.9.14.III achieve, effect, accomplish,οὔ τι Il.1.562
, 11.552, Od.2.191, etc.; , cf. 16.88;χρῆμα μὲν οὐ πρήξεις, σὺ δ' ἐτώσια πόλλ' ἀγορεύσεις Hes.Op. 402
; κλέος ἔπραξεν won it, Pi.I.5(4).8; ἔπραξε δεσμόν achieved bondage, i.e. brought it on himself, Id.P.2.40;τινὰ Νηρεΐδων π. ἄκοιτιν Id.N.5.36
; ὕμνον π. grant power of song, ib.9.3; λεόντεσσι π. φόνον do slaughter upon them, ib.3.46;τὴν Κυπρίων ἀπόστασιν π. Hdt.5.113
; π. εἰρήνην, φιλίαν, bring it about, D.3.7, 18.162; π. τι παρά τινος get something from.., ;ἐλπὶς πράξειν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀγαθόν Isoc.2.20
; also, attempt, plot,δήμου κατάλυσιν And.3.6
: c. dat. pers.,δαίμοσιν π. φίλα A.Pr. 660
;Αοξίᾳ χάριν E. Ion37
, cf. 896 (lyr.), El. 1133, etc.;σὺ τοῦτο πράξεις ὥστε..; A.Eu. 896
:—[voice] Pass.,πέπρακται τοὖργον Id.Pr.75
;φεῦ φεῦ πέπρακται E.Hipp. 680
;τὰ πεπραγμένα Pi.O.2.15
, etc.;ἡ ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπρ. ἀδοξία D. 1.11
;τὰ πεπρ. λῦσαι Id.24.76
;τὰ πραχθέντα A.Pr. 683
, etc.; τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων the facts of what took place, Th.1.22; .2 abs., effect an object, be successful,δὸς Τηλέμαχον πρήξαντα νέεσθαι Od.3.60
;ἔπρηξας καὶ ἔπειτα Il.18.357
.3 of sexual intercourse,ἐπράχθη τὰ μέγιστα Theoc.2.143
.4 to be busy with, σὺ μὲν τὰ σαυτῆς πρᾶσσ' mind your own business, S.El. 678;πράττων ἔκαστος τὸ αὑτοῦ Pl. Phdr. 247a
, cf. Plt. 307e;τὰ αὑτοῦ π. καὶ μὴ πολυπραγμονεῖν Id.R. 433a
, cf. 400e, etc. (whereas πολλὰ π. = πολυπραγμονεῖν, Hdt.5.33, E.HF 266, Ar.Ra. 228, etc.);φιλοσόφου τὰ αὑτοῦ πράξαντος καὶ οὐ πολυπραγμονήσαντος Pl.Grg. 526c
, cf. Ap. 33a, etc.; οὐδ' εὖ.. οἰκοῦνται αἱ πόλεις, ὅταν τὰ αὑτῶν ἕκαστοι πράττωσι (ironical) Id.Alc.1.127b; μὴ τὰ αὑτῶν π. not to act their part, Id.R. 452c;π. τὰ δέοντα X.Mem. 3.8.1
.5 manage affairs, do business, act, εἰπεῖν τε καὶ πρᾶξαι ib.2.9.4, cf. 2.8.6; πράττειν τὰ πολιτικὰ πράγματα, τὰ τῆς πόλεως, manage state-affairs, take part in government, Pl.Ap. 31d, Lys.16.20;τὰ Ἀθηναίων Pl.Smp. 216a
;οἱ τὰ κοινὰ π. καὶ πολιτευόμενοι Arist.Pol. 1324b1
: abs., without any addition, ἱκανωτάτω λέγειν τε καὶ πράττειν, of able statesmen, X.Mem.1.2.15, cf. 4.2.1,4;πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ π. D.18.45
, cf. 59, Pl.Prt. 317a.6 generally, transact, negotiate, manage, ; Θηβαίοις τὰ πράγματα π. manage matters for their interest, D.19.77:—so in [voice] Pass., τῷ Ἱπποκράτει τὰ.. πράγματα ἀπό τινων ἀνδρῶν.. ἐπράσσετο matters were negotiated with him by.., Th.4.76: but freq. abs., treat, negotiate, manage, act, οἱ πράσσοντες αὐτῷ ib. 110, cf. 5.76;π. πρός τινα Id.2.5
, 4.73, etc.; ἐς (v.l. πρὸς) τοὺς βαρβάρους, ἐς τοὺς Εἵλωτας, Id.1.131, 132:—[voice] Pass.,ἐπράττετο οὐ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους Aeschin.3.64
; alsoπ. τι ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν D.26.2
;π. ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως τὰ πάτρια Id.59.73
;π. περὶ εἰρήνης X.HG6.3.3
;π. τῇ δύναιτο ἄριστα Hdt.5.30
;π. ὡς ἄριστα καὶ πιστότατα Th.1.129
; the traitors,Id.
4.89, 113:—folld. by dependent clauses, ; ἐς τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἔπρασσεν, ὅπῃ ὠφελία τις γενήσεται ib.65; π. ὅπως πόλεμος γένηται ib.57; π. ὅπως τιμωρήσονται ib.56, cf. 3.4,70, etc.: c. acc. et inf.,μὴ δεῦρο πλεῖν τὴν ναῦν ἔπραττεν D.32.22
.b esp. of secret practices and intrigues, εἴ τι μὴ ξὺν ἀργύρῳ ἐπράσσετ' ἐνθένδ' unless some bribery was being practised, S.OT 125;καί τι αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπράσσετο ἐς τὰς πόλεις προδοσίας πέρι Th.4.121
, cf. 5.83;μετάστασις ἐπράττετο Lys.30.10
;τούτοις ἔπρασσον τὴν πόλιν Plb.4.17.12
; νῦν δ' αὔτ' Ἀτρεῖδαι φωτὶ παντουργῷ φρένας ἔπραξαν have jobbed them (the arms) away to a villain, S.Aj. 446.IV practise,πόνῳ π. θεοδμάτους ἀρετάς Pi. I.6(5).11
;δίκαια ἢ ἄδικα Pl.Ap. 28b
, etc.;ταῦτ' ἔπραξάν τε καὶ ἔλεξαν X.Cyr.5.1.1
; : then abs., act,π. ἔργῳ μὲν σθένος βουλαῖσι δὲ φρήν Pi.N.1.26
; ὡς πράττοντες as doing, Pl.R. 527a; μεθ' ἡμῶν ἔπραττεν, i. e. he took our side, Is.5.14.2 study,δράματα Suid.
s.v. Ἀριστοφάνης; συλλογισμούς Arr.Epict.2.17.27; ἐν τοῖς πραττομένοις in the poems which are now studied, made the subject of commentaries, Sch.Nic. Th.11.V c. dupl. acc. pers. et rei, πράττειν τινά τι do something to one, E.Hel. 1394, Isoc.12.93;ἀγαθόν τι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar. Ec. 108
.VI exact payment from one,αὐτοὺς ἑκατὸν τάλαντα ἔπρηξαν Hdt.3.58
; πράσσει με τόκον he makes me pay interest, Batr.185;π. τινὰ χρέος Pi.O.3.7
, cf. P.9.104;ὅσοι πράξεις πεπράγασιν SIG364.70
(Ephesus, iii B. C.);τοὐφειλόμενον π. Δίκη A.Ch. 311
(anap.); : freq. of tax-gatherers or other collectors of public debt, IG12.116.16, al., Pl.Lg. 774d;π. τὰς εἰσφοράς D.22.77
, etc.; φόρον ἔπρησσον παρ' ἑκάστων obtained or demanded from.., Hdt.1.106: c. acc. pers., press for payment,μὴ π. τοὺς ὀφειλέτας Plb.38.11.10
; π. τινά τι ὑπέρ τινος demand from one as the price for a thing, Luc.Vit.Auct.18: metaph., φόνον π. exact punishment or vengeance for a murder: hence, avenge, punish, A.Eu. 624;τὰ περὶ τὸν φόνον ἀγριωτέρως π. Pl.Lg. 867d
:—[voice] Pass., ὑπὸ βασιλέως πεπραγμένος φόρους called on to pay up the tribute, Th.8.5; πραχθεὶςὑπὸτῶνδε Lys.9.21
codd., cf. Pl.Lg. 921c:—[voice] Med., exact for oneself,πράξασθαί τινα μισθόν Pi.O.10(11).30
; ἀργύριον, χρήματα, Hdt.2.126, Th.4.65, cf. Ar.Ra. 561, etc.;τὴν διπλασίαν π. τὸν ὑποφεύγοντα Pl.Lg. 762b
, cf. Plb.5.54.11;π. τοὺς ἐξάγοντας τριακοστήν D.20.32
;πράσσεσθαι χρέος Antipho Fr.67
; φόρους πράσσεσθαι ἀπό, ἐκ τῶν πόλεων, Th.8.5, 37;παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον Lys.17.3
, cf. And.2.11: metaph. of exacting punishment, etc.,μεγάλ' ἀντ' ὀλίγων ἐπράξαο Call.Lav.Pall.91
:—[voice] Pass. [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf. in med. sense, εἰ μὲν ἐπεπράγμην τοῦτον τὴν δίκην if I had exacted from him the full amount, D.29.2.VII c. acc. pers., πράττειν τινά deal with, finish off, euphem.,ἔπρασσε δ' ᾇπέρ νιν, ὧδε θάπτει A.Ch. 440
(lyr.); πεπραγμένοι is f.l.ib. 132. -
107 συλλαμβάνω
συλλαμβάνω, [tense] fut. - λήψομαι: [tense] pf. - είληφα, [voice] Pass. - είλημμαι: [tense] aor. συνέλᾰβον, inf. συλλᾰβεῖν:—[voice] Med., [tense] pres. in Philem.53.4: [tense] aor.Aσυνελαβόμην Hdt.3.49
, etc.:—[voice] Pass. (v. infr.; in X.An.7.2.14 συλληφθήσεται has been restored for συλλήψεται):—collect, gather together, esp. rally scattered troops,τῆς στρατιῆς τοὺς περιγενομένους Hdt.5.46
;τὸ στράτευμα X.Cyr.3.3.1
;τὰς δυνάμεις Pl.Grg. 456a
; .2 take with one, carry off, S.Tr. 1153; , cf. AP5.52 (tm., Diosc.); συλλαβὼν θεσπίσματα κεῖται παρ' Ἅιδῃ with all his prophecies, S.OT 971;ἔρρε, τάσδε συλλαβὼν ἀράς Id.OC 1384
; ἔκπλει σεαυτὸν συλλαβὼν ἐκ τῆσδε γῆς pack yourself off, Id.Ph. 577.3 put together, close, τὸ στόμα καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς (of a corpse) Pl.Phd. 118a; ξ. αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα shut his mouth, Ar.Ach. 926, cf. Arist.HA 623b2; enclose, ;ξ. καὶ τοὺς τένοντας τοῖσι ἐρίοισι Aret.CA1.6
.b combine in pronunciation, λέγε δὴ μόλωμεν ξυνεχὲς ὡδὶ ξυλλαβών say αὐτὸ μόλωμεν as one word, Ar.Eq.21.4 in speaking, comprehend, comprise,ἑνὶ ἔπεϊ πάντα συλλαβόντα εἰπεῖν Hdt.3.82
;πᾶν.. συλλαβὼν εἴρηκας Id.7.16
.γ; εἰς ἓν πάντα ς. Pl.Sph. 234b, cf. Tht. 147d;τὰ ἄλλα εἰς ταὐτό Id.Plt. 263d
:—[voice] Pass., to be comprehended (logically),μετὰ τοῦ γένους αἱ συλλαμβανόμεναι διαφοραί Arist.Metaph. 1037b31
, cf. 998b28; σὺν τῇ ὕλῃ συνειλημμένος, i.e. concrete, opp. abstract, ib. 1039b21, cf. 1035a25, al.II lay hands on, seize,ὁλκάδας Hdt.6.26
; ;τέττιγα τοῦ πτεροῦ Archil. 143
(loosely paraphrased, cf. Hermes 23.279);τὰ ποτήμενα συλλαβῆν Theoc.29.30
; ξ. τῶν σχοινίων lay hold of them, help to pull, Ar. Pax 437:—[voice] Med., τίς ξυλλάβοιτ' ἂν τοῦ ξύλου; Id.Lys. 313, cf. Pax 465 (lyr.).2 seize the person of.., apprehend, arrest, IG12.39.7, Hdt.2.121.έ, Ar.Ach. 206, Antipho 5.29, And.1.45, PCair.Zen. 15v.44, 202.2 (iii B.C.); συνέλαβον αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπήχθη εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ib.484.21 (iii B.C.); σ. ζῶντα, ὅμηρον, E.Rh. 513, Or. 1189;τινὰ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ Isoc.4.154
; συλλαβόντας αὐτὸν ἴσχειν seize and hold him, IG42(1).122.40 (Epid., iv B.C.):— [voice] Pass., πρὶν ξυλληφθῆναι before they were arrested, Th.1.20, cf. Hdt. 1.80, al., And.1.101, PCair.Zen. 15v.7 (iii B.C.).3 of the mind, grasp the meaning of, comprehend, τὸ χρηστήριον, τὸ ῥηθέν, τὸν λόγον, τὴν φωνήν, Hdt.1.63,91, 2.49, 4.114;παρκείμενον συλλαβὼν τέρας Pi.O.13.73
, cf. Pl.Sph. 218c, etc.IV of females, conceive, Arist.HA 582a19, GA 727b8, Sor.1.28, etc.;ἐν γαστρί Hp.Aph.5.46
;ξυλλαβοῦσα τὴν γονήν Id.Steril.220
; of the womb,σ. τὸ σπέρμα Arist.HA 583b29
, al., cf. Luc.VH1.22: but συνειληφυῖα τοῦ τεκεῖν near to be delivered, LXX 1 Ki.4.19.V take with or besides, take as an assistant, τὴν δίκην ς. E.Fr. 584;ἄτεγκτον σ. καρδίαν Id.HF 833
.VI c. dat. pers., take pert with another, assist him, οὐ τοῖς ἀθύμοις ἡ τύχη ξ. S.Fr. 927, cf. E.Med. 813, Hdt.6.125, etc.; τὰ δυνατὰ τῇ πόλει ξ. Ar.Ec. 861; σ. τισί τι take part with or assist them in a thing, Id.Lys. 540 (lyr.), X.Cyr.7.5.49, etc.;σ. τινί τινος E.Med. 946
, Ar.V. 734 (lyr.);σ. τινί τινι D.18.20
: with a Prep., συνέλαβε γὰρ ἄλλα.. ἐς τὸ πείθεσθαι contributed towards persuading, Hdt.7.6, cf. X.Mem.2.6.28: abs., assist, A.Ch. 812 (lyr.), S.Tr. 1019 (lyr.), Ar.Eq. 229, Th.1.118; δεῖ δὲ ξυλλαμβάνοντα τοὺς θεοὺς ἐπικαλέεσθαι while invoking the gods one must help oneself, Hp.Insomn.87.2 [voice] Med., c.gen.rei, take part in,συνελάβοντο τοῦ στρατεύματος Hdt.3.49
; ; ξυνελάβοντο τοῦ τοιούτου οὐχ ἥκιστα, ὥστε.. especially contributed to this, Th.4.47: c. dat., καιρῷ χειμῶνος συλλαβέσθαι κυβερνητικήν intervene in a storm together with circumstance, Pl.Lg. 709c: sts. in tmesi,ξύμ μοι λάβεσθε τοῦ μύθου Id.Phdr. 237a
, cf. AP9.559 (Crin.).Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συλλαμβάνω
-
108 τε
τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).A as a Conjunction,I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second,ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
;δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375;τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b;λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g.ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
;ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3;τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.);κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times,ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, , cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, asἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., asοὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v.οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , asοὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.a τε.. δὲ.. , asκόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625;ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
;διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.bμὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes,τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c;Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; ; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; , cf. 253, 262, al.;εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.;ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7;πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.);χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7;ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4;ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.);καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; , cf. 24, al.;ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6;χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. ; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293;ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.;τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
;βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
;ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
;βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, ; ; ; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193;ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; ; ; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives,διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
;ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
;θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
;πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g.τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6,ἄλλως 1.3
.2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep.,σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; alsoτε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also inκαὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
;καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
;καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ; ;τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: ; ;θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; , cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526;ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
;οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
;οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; , cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322;ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
;παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
;αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307;τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ;νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
;κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499;νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
;σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied);ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons,ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
;οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521;μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g.Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
;Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
;δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
;εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6;ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
;ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
;ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt.,ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9;εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies,ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; , cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; , cf. 18.485.5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160;ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332;κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
;μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses withοἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
;οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608;ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
;ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
;αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294;οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
;δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415;οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464;πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
;οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent,Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
;Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
;Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; ;Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, , cf. 2.669, Od.5.4;Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
;Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
;Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
;τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν)ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary,οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
;ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
;σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
;καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g.Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; , cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ)δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; ; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature,ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
;ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266;ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it,κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined,ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life,γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; ; , cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358;ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535,ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing)Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. hasτά πέρ τε 1.74
,ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al.,οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionallyἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; (ii B.C.);ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); (Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962;ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which)ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
;οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats,σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
;ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) inοὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε inἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; ; μέν τε in , cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε inοὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions,σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ')ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ'); δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him,ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
;σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187;ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; .4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference,κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so)τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
;τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166;εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.);ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
;νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
;πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
;δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
;ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ'), τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
;οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
;οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
;οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18;ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; (but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); , cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, , cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom.,ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.9 inἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.10 Rarer and later uses;a also, esp. withἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483;ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.);ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.);τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word,εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.D Position of τε:1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; , cf. 4.505, 7.295; codd., cf. 291 (anap.);ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
;ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); , cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.);πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows,πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε. -
109 τραγῳδός
A member of the tragic chorus,εἴ τις τ. φησιν ὀρχεῖσθαι καλῶς Ar.V. 1498
, cf. 1505: usu. in pl., (lvr.);τοῖς χοροῖσι τῶν τ. Id.Av. 787
(troch.); τ. καὶ χοροί dub. l. in Th. 391 (v. τραγῳδικός); χορηγὸς τραγῳδῶν D.21.59
;τραγῳδοὺς καταλέγειν IG12.187.9
; τραγῳδῶν (sc. ἐνίκα χορὸς οὗ) Περικλῆς Χολαργεὺς ἐχορήγει ib.22.2318.9; παλαιὸν δρᾶμα πρῶτον παρεδίδαξαν οἱ τ. ib. 203;Ἀριφράδης τοὺς τ. ἐκωμῴδει, ὅτι ἅ οὐδεὶς ἂν εἴποι ἐν τῇ διαλέκτῳ, τούτοις χρῶνται Arist.Po. 1458b32
;τοῖς δὲ τ. ἕτερος σεμνὸς πᾶσιν λόγος ἄλλος ὅδ' ἐστίν Crates Com.24
;ὡς οἱ τ. φασιν οἷς ἐξουσία ἔστιν λέγειν ἅπαντα καὶ ποιεῖν μόνοις Diph.30.4
.2 pl. also, = tragedy or a performance of tragedy, ἐν τοῖσι τ. on the tragic stage, Ar.Av. 512;τραγῳδοῖς Aeschin.3.36
;οὐδὲ.. ὑποκριταὶ κωμῳδοῖς τε καὶ τραγῳδοῖς οἱ αὐτοί Pl.R. 395a
;τεθέασαι τραγῳδούς Men.Epit. 108
;χορηγεῖν τραγῳδοῖς Is.6.60
;οἱ ἐν ἄστει τ. Aeschin.3.41
, cf. 154; καινοῖς τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of new tragedies, IG22.956.34, 1028, Docum. ap. D.18.54, cf. Aeschin.3.34;θεωμένων καινοὺς τ. Ἀθηναίων Plu.Phoc.19
;νενικηκὼς τραγῳδοῖς And.4.42
, cf. Thphr.Char. 22.2;Διονυσίων τραγῳδοῖς Supp.Epigr.1.362.29
(Samos, iv B. C.); Διονυσίων ᾗ τραγῳδοί on the day of the Dionysia on which there is a tragic performance, IG12(8).640 (Peparethus, ii B. C.); τραγῳδῶν τῷ ἀγῶνι ib.12(5).1341 (Paros, iii B. C.), 22.1214; τραγῳδῶν τῷ ἀγῶνι τῷ καινῷ ib.682.76;τραγῳδὸς ἦν ἀγὼν Διονύσια Men.873
(fort. τραγῳδῶν or - δοῖς); τοὺς γὰρ τραγῳδοὺς πρῶτον, εἰ βούλει, σκόπει ὡς ὠφελοῦσι πάντας Timocl.6.8
;εἰς τοὺς τραγῳδοὺς εὔθετ', οὐκ εἰς τὸν βίον Philem.105
.II performer (actor and singer) of tragedy,ἡ τῶν τ. ἐν τῇ σκευῇ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμιλία Arist. Oec. 1344a21
;ὑπεκρίθησαν τ. μὲν Θεσσαλὸς κτλ. Chares 4
J., cf. Plu.2.334d;Νεοπτόλεμος ὁ τ. D.S. 16.92
, cf. IG22.1132.39 (Delph., iii B. C.);Αἰσώπῳ τῷ τ. Plu. Cic.5
;οἵδε ἐπεδείξαντο τῷ θεῷ.. · τραγῳδοί· Θεόδωρος Μεγαρεύς, Φιλοκλείδης Χαλκιδεύς IG11(2).105.17
(Delos, iii B. C.);ὡς οἱκακοὶ τ. μόνοι ᾆσαι οὐ δύνανται ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῶν Arr.Epict.3.14.1
;οἱ τ. χοροῦ δέονται φίλων συνᾳδόντων Plu.2.63a
;ἐπειδὴ Νίκων.. τ... ἀξιὠθεὶς ἐπέδωκε τῷ θεῷ ἁμέραν καὶ ἀγωνίξατο.. · καλέσαι.. αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς μετ' αὐτοῦ τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ ἐν τὸ πρυτανεῖον SIG659.3
(Delph., ii B. C.), cf. 424.42 (Delph., iii B. C.), al., OGI51.47 (Egypt, iii B. C.), IG7.3196.19 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), D.Chr.33.8, Luc.Nav.46, Anach.23, Hist.Conscr.1, 22, M.Ant.3.8; τραγῳδούς miswritten for - δός in SIG509.12 (Delph., iii B. C.), and perh. in IG7.1773.21 ([place name] Thespiae).Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τραγῳδός
-
110 τρόπος
A turn, direction, way,διώρυχες παντοίους τρόπους ἔχουσαι Hdt.2.108
;διώρυχας τετραμμένας πάντα τ. Id.1.189
, cf. 199: but,II commonly, way, manner, fashion, guise, τρόπῳ τῷ παρεόντι χρεώμενοι going on as we are, ib.97;τ. ὑποδημάτων Κρητικός Hp.Art.62
;πᾶς τ. μορφῆς A.Eu. 192
;τίς ὁ τ. τῆς ξυμφορᾶς; S. OT99
;ἀσκεῖν τὸν υἱὸν τὸν ἐπιχώριον τ. Ar.Pl.47
;ὁ αὐτός που τ. τέχνης ἰατρικῆς ὅσπερ καὶ ῥητορικῆς Pl.Phdr. 270b
; tenor, of documents, PGen.16.11 (iii A. D.), etc.: also in Pl., κεχώρισται τοὺς τ. in its ways, in its kind, Hdt.4.28;ψυχῆς τρποι Pl.R. 445c
, etc.;οἱ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τ. Arist.HA 588a20
:—in various adverbial usages:1 dat.,τίνι τρόπῳ;
how?A.
Pers. 793, S.OT10, E.Ba. 1294;τῷ τ.; S.El. 679
, E. Hipp. 909, 1008;ποίῳ τ.; A.Pr. 763
, etc.; τοιούτῳ τ., τ. τοιῷδε, Hdt. 1.94, 3.68;ἄλλῳ τ. Pl.Phdr. 232b
, etc.; ἑνί γέ τῳ τ. in one way or other, Ar.Pl. 402, Pl.Men. 96d; παντὶ τ. by all means, A.Th. 301 (lyr.), Lys.13.25; οὐδενὶ τ., μηδενὶ τ., in no wise, by no mdans, on no account, Hdt.4.111, Th.6.35, Pl.Cri. 49a, etc.; ἑκουσίῳ τ. willingly, E. Med. 751; τρόπῳ φρενός by way of intelligence, i.e. in lieu of the intelligence which is lacking to the child, A.Ch. 754 (s. v.l.): poet. in pl.,τρόποισι ποίοις; S.OC 468
; τρόποισιν οὐ τυραννικοῖς not after the fashion of.., A.Ch. 479;ναυκλήρου τρόποις S.Ph. 128
.2 abs. in acc.,τίνα τρόπον;
how?Ar.
Nu. 170, Ra. 460; τ. τινά in a manner, E.Hipp. 1300, Pl.R. 432e; τοῦτον τὸν τ., τόνδε τὸν τ., Id.Smp. 199a, X.An. 1.1.9;ὃν τ.
how,D.H.
3.8; as, LXXPs.41(42).1;τ. τὸν αὐτόν A.Ch. 274
;πάντα τ. Ar.Nu. 700
(lyr.), etc.;μηδένα τ. X.Mem.3.7.8
; τὸν μέγαν τ., οὐ σμικρὸν τ., A.Th. 284, 465;τὸν Ἀργείων τ. Pi.I.6(5).58
;Σαμιακὸν τ. Cratin.13
; βάρβαρον τ. ( βρόμον ex Sch. Schütz) in barbarous guise or fashion, A.Th. 463; πίτυος τρόπον after the manner of a pine, Hdt.6.37; ὄρνιθος τ. like a bird, Id.2.57, cf. A.Ag.49 (anap.), 390 (lyr.), etc.; later,ἐς ὄρνιθος τ. Luc.Halc.1
, cf. Bis Acc.27: rarely in pl., πάντας τρόπους in all ways, Pl.Phd. 94d.3 with Preps., τὸν ἐγκώμιον ἀμφὶ τρόπον in way of praise, Pi.O.10(11).77:—δι' οὗ τρόπου Men.539.6
;διὰ τοιούτου τ. D.S.1.66
:—ἐς τὸν νῦν τ. Th.1.6
;εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν τ. μετασκευάσαι X.Cyr.6.2.8
; ἐς ὄρνιθος τ. (v. supr.2):—ἐκ παντὸς τ. Id.An.3.1.43
, Isoc.4.95, etc.;ἐξ ἑνός γέ του τ. Ar.Fr. 187
, Th.6.34;μηδὲ ἐξ ἑνὸς τ. Lys.31.30
;μηδ' ἐξ ἑνὸς τ. Isoc.5.3
:—ἐν τῷ ἑαυτῶν τ. Th.7.67
, cf. 1.97, etc.;ἐν τρόπῳ βοσκήματος Pl.Lg. 807a
: in pl., γυναικὸς ἐν τρόποις, ἐν τ. Ἰξίονος, A.Ag. 918, Eu. 441:—κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τ. X.Cyr.8.2.5
;κατὰ πάντα τ. Ar.Av. 451
(lyr.), X.An. 6.6.30, etc.;κατ' οὐδένα τ. Plb.4.84.8
, etc.;κατ' ἄλλον τ. Pl.Cra. 417b
;κατὰ τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν τ. X.Cyr.2.2.28
: in pl., κατὰ πολλοὺς τ. ib.8.1.46, etc.:—μετὰ ὁτουοῦν τ. in any manner whatever, Th.8.27:—ἑνὶ σὺν τ. Pi.N.7.14
.4 κατὰ τρόπον,a according to custom,κατὰ τὸν τ. τῆς φύσεως Pl.Lg. 804b
; opp.παρὰ τὸν τ. τὸν ἑαυτῶν Th.5.63
, cf. Antipho 3.2.1.b fitly, duly, Epich.283, Isoc. 2.6, Pl.Plt. 310c, etc.;οὐδαμῶς κατὰ τ. Id.Lg. 638c
; opp. unreasonable, absurd,Id.
Cra. 421d, Tht. 143c, etc.; soθαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν οὐδ' ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου τ. Th.1.76
.III of persons, a way of life, habit, custom, Pi.N.1.29; μῶν ἡλιαστά; Answ.μἀλλὰ θατέρου τ. Ar. Av. 109
;ἐγὼ δὲ τούτου τοῦ τ. πώς εἰμ' ἀεί Id.Pl. 246
, cf. 630.2 a man's ways, habits, character, temper, ὀργὴν καὶ ῥυθμὸν καὶ τ. ὅστις ἂν ᾖ (v.l. ὅντιν' ἔχει) Thgn.964; τρόπου ἡσυχίου of a quiet temper, Hdt.1.107, cf. 3.36;φιλανθρώπου τ. A.Pr.11
;γυναικὶ κόσμος ὁ τ., οὐ τὰ χρυσία Men.Mon.92
;οὐ τὸν τ., ἀλλὰ τὸν τόπον μόνον μετήλλαξεν Aeschin.3.78
; τρόπου προπέτεια, ἀναίδεια, D.21.38, 45.71;ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τ. Ep.Hebr.13.5
:—οὐ τοὐμοῦ τ. Ar.V. 1002
; σφόδρ' ἐκ τοῦ σοῦ τ. quite of your sort, Id.Th.93; ξυγγενεῖς τοὐμοῦ τ. ib. 574:— πρὸς τρόπου τινός agreeable to one's temper, Pl.Phdr. 252d, cf. Lg. 655d;πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An.1.2.11
:—opp.ἀπὸ τρόπου Pl.Phdr. 278d
, R. 470c:—after Adjs.,διάφοροι ὄντες τὸν τ. Th.8.96
;σολοικότερος τῷ τ. X.Cyr.8.3.21
:—esp. in pl., Pi.P.10.38, S.El. 397, 1051; σκληρός, ἀμνοὶ τοὺς τρόπους, Ar. Pax 350, 935;σφόδρα τοὺς τ. Βοιώτιος Eub.39
;πουλύπους ἐς τοὺς τ. Eup.101
;μεθάρμοσαι τ. νέους A.Pr. 311
;τοὺς φιλάνορας τ. Id.Ag. 856
;νέας βουλὰς νέοισιν ἐγκαταζεύξας τ. S.Aj. 736
;τοῖς τρόποις ὑπηρετεῖν Ar.Ra. 1432
; opp. νόμοι, Th.2.39;ἤθη τε καὶ τ. Pl.Lg. 924d
.IV in Music, like ἁρμονία, a particular mode,Αύδιος τ. Pi.O.14.17
; but more generally, style, νεοσίγαλος τ. ib.3.4;ὁ ἀρχαῖος τ. Eup.303
; ᾠδῆς τρόπος, μουσικῆς τρόποι, Pl.R. 398c, 424c; διθυραμβικοὶ τ. (distd. fr. ἦθος) Phld.Mus.p.9K.;ὁ ἁρμονικὸς τῆς μουσικῆς τ. Aristid.Quint.1.12
, cf. 2.1; of art in general,πάντες τῆς εἰκαστικῆς τ. Phld.Po.5.7
.V in speaking or writing, manner, style,ὁ τ. τῆς λέξεως Pl.R. 400d
, cf. Isoc.15.45: esp. in Rhet. in pl., tropes, Trypho Trop.tit., Cic.Brut.17.69, Quint.Inst.8.6.1.VI in Logic, mode or mood of a syllogism, Stoic.3.269, cf. 1.108, 2.83: more generally, method of instruction or explanation,ὁ ἄνευ φθόγγων τ. Epicur.Ep.1p.32U.
; ὁ μοναχῇ τ. the method of the single cause, opp. ὁ πλεοναχὸς τ. the method of manifold causes, Id.Ep.2p.41U.; mode of inference, ὁ κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα τ., opp. ὁ κατ' ἀνασκευὴν τ. τῆς σημειώσεως, Phld.Sign.30,31;αἰτιολογικὸς τ. Epicur.Nat. 143
G. -
111 φοβέω
Aφοβεόντων Hdt.7.235
: [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. : [tense] fut. (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) Th.4.126 (dub.): [tense] aor.ἐφόβησα Il.15.15
, etc.:—[voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., [dialect] Ion. 2 sing.φοβέαι Hdt.1.39
; [dialect] Ion. imper. φοβεῦ or φοβέο, Id.1.9, 7.52: [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf.φοβέοντο Il.6.41
: [tense] fut.φοβήσομαι 22.250
, Pl.Lg. 649c, D.15.23, etc.;φοβηθήσομαι X.Cyr.3.3.30
, Plu.Brut.40, Luc.Zeux.9, v.l. in Pl.R. 470a: [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.ἐφοβήθην Hdt.8.27
, etc., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἐφόβηθεν or φόβηθεν, Il.15.326,5.498; [tense] aor. [voice] Med. ἐφοβησάμην only Anacreont.31.11: [tense] pf.πεφόβημαι Il.10.510
, etc.: [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3pl.ἐπεφόβηντο X.HG7.4.32
, Th.5.50, [dialect] Ep.πεφοβήατο Il.21.206
.A [voice] Act., in Hom. (never in Od.) always in the sense put to flight, [ἴρηξ] ἐφόβησε κολοιούς Il.16.583
; [Ζεὺς] καὶ ἄλκιμον ἄνδρα φοβεῖ ib. 689;Τρώων οὓς ἐφόβησας 22.11
;φοβῆσαίτε στίχας ἀνδρῶν 17.505
;σὸς δόλος.. ἐφόβησε δὲ λαούς 15.15
;σέ γέ φημι.. δουρὶ φοβῆσαι 20.187
; once in Hes., φοβέεσκον ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων l.c.II terrify, alarm, Hdt.7.235, etc.;μὴ φίλους φόβει A.Th. 262
; , cf. 1013, E.Hipp. 572 (lyr.); ;αἱ κάμηλοι ἐφόβουν τους ἵππους X.Cyr.7.1.48
;ρὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην ἐφόβουν, μὴ.. ἐπαγάγωνται Th.5.45
; c. dat.modi, (troch.);μεγαληγορίαισι φρένας E.Heracl. 357
(lyr.); τῷ μὲν Τισσαφέρνει τοὺς Ἀθηναίους φ., ἐκείνοις δὲ τὸν Τισσαφέρνην to frighten the Athenians with T., and T. with the Athenians, Th.8.82; c. part., λέγοντες φ. τινάς by saying, X.Eq.Mag.1.8; λέγοντες ὡς ἥξει βασιλεύς D 14.25: abs., (lyr.), by terror,Pl.
R. 551b.2 c.acc. rei, threaten with,φ. λιμόν D.H.6.51
.B [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., in Hom. always in the sense to be put to flight (cf. Sch.A Il.5.223, al.), once in Od.,κύνες.. διὰ σταθμοῖο φόβηθεν 16.163
; freq. in Il., ;τοὶ δ' ἐφόβηθεν.. θεσπεσίῳ ὁμάδῳ 16.294
;κὰμ μέσσον πεδίον φοβέοντο βόες ὣς ἅς τε λέων ἐφόβησε 11.172
; also part.,μὴ καὶ πεφοβημένος ἔλθης 10.510
, cf. 15.4, 21.606; in flight,6.135
;βῆ δὲ φοβηθείς 22.137
: ὑπό τινος φοβέεσθαι to flee before him, 8.149;ὑπό τινι 15.637
; c. acc.,οὔ σ' ἔτι.. φοβήσομαι ὡς τὸ πάρος περ 22.250
.1 abs., (anap.); φοβηθέντες ᾤχοντο φεύγοντες flying in terror, Aeschin.1.43; ἃ μὴ οἶδα.. οὐδέποτε φοβήσομαι οὐδὲ φεύξομαι, Pl.Ap. 29b, etc.: c. dat. instrum.,μάστιγι φ. E.Rh.37
(anap.): c. acc. cogn.,φ. αἰσχροὺς φόβους Pl.Prt. 360b
;ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν Ev.Marc.4.41
;τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε 1 Ep.Pet.3.14
.2 folld. by Preps., φ. ἀπό τινος to be afraid of one (prob. a Hebraism), LXXLe.26.2, Je.1.8, Ev.Matt.10.28, Ev.Luc.12.4; ἔκ τινος from some cause, S.Tr. 671; εἴς τι to be alarmed at a thing, Id.OT 980; , Luc.Prom.Es4, Lib.Or.50.18; ἐπί τινι fear for.. Luc. DMar.14.4; but φ. ἀμφὶ γυναικί fear about.., Hdt.6.62;περὶ ἡμῶν X. Cyr.5.2.35
, etc.; (περὶ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς τὸ κατάδηλον Th.4.123
);περὶ χωρίῳ Id.2.90
;ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων And.4.36
; ;πρὸς ἀνδρὸς ἢ τέκνων S.Tr. 150
.3 folld. by a relat. clause, φοβεῑσθαι μὴ .. fear lest a thing will be.., E.Or. 770 (troch.), Ar. Pax 606 (troch.), Th.1.95, etc.; φ. ὅπως μὴ .. Id.6.13, X.Mem.2.9.3; φ. μὴ οὐ .. Id.Oec.16.6; freq. c.acc. folld. by μή, ταῦτ' οὖν φοβοῦμαι, μὴ .. S.Tr. 550, cf. X.An.7.1.2; φ. τοὺς οὐσίαν κεκτημένους, μὴ .. Pl.Phdr. 232c, cf. Th.1.88, etc.; φ. ὑπέρ τινος, μὴ .. Pl.R. 387c; c. inf. folld. byμή, φοβοίμην ἂν τῷ ἡγεμόνι ἕπεσθαι, μὴ ἀγάγῃ κτλ. X.An.1.3.17
, cf. Pl.Tht. 143e, Grg. 457e: also φ. ὅτι.., = φ. μὴ .., in a more positive sense, X.Cyr.3.1.1, D.C.52.26; φ. τόδε, ὅτι .. Th.7.67 (but φ. τὸ κάεσθαι, ὅτι ἀλγεινόν because.., Pl.Grg. 479a): διὰ τοῦτο φ. τινας, o(/ti .. lsoc.6.60; less freq. φ. ὡς .. X.Cyr.5.2.12; φ. πῶς χρὴ .. ib.4.5.19; φ. εἰ δεήσει .. ib.6.1.17.4 c. inf. with Art.,φ. τὸ ἀποθνῄσκειν Pl.Grg. 522e
, etc.: more freq. c. inf. alone, fear to do, be afraid of doing, A.Ch.46 (lyr.), S.Aj. 253 (lyr.), E. Ion 628, etc.: c. inf. [tense] fut., Th. 5.105.5 c. acc. pers., stand in awe of, dread,δαίμονας τοὺς ἐνθάδε A.Supp. 893
;στρατὸν Ἀχαιῶν S.Ph. 1250
;τοὺς ἄνω θεούς Pl.Lg. 927b
, cf. Isoc.1.16, etc.;τὰς κύνας X.Cyn.5.16
, etc.6 c. acc. rei, fear or fear about a thing, ;τὸ προσέρπον S.Aj. 227
(lyr.); ;τὸ τοιοῦτον σῶμα Pl.Phdr. 239d
;δουλείαν καὶ δεσμόν X.Cyr.3.1.24
.7 c. gen., πεφοβημένος νυκτός, θαλάσσης, Arat.290, 766.8 c. part.,προδιδοὺς φοβηθείς Lycurg.17
. -
112 ἀγών
ἀγών [ᾰ], ῶνος, ὁ, [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἄγωνος, ου, ὁ, Alc.121 (also [name] E.ap.Sch.Il. Oxy.1087.60); Elean dat. pl.A : ([etym.] ἄγω):—gathering, assembly,ἵζανεν εὐρὺν ἀ. Il.23.258
;λῦτο δ' ἀ. 24.1
, cf. Od.8.200;νεῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι Il.15.428
, cf. Eust.1335.57: esp. assembly met to see games, freq. in Il.23; Ὑπερβορέων ἀ. Pi P.10.30;κοινοὺς ἀ. θέντες A. Ag. 845
.2 place of contest, lists, course,βήτην ἐς μέσσον ἀ. Il.23.685
, cf. 531, Od.8.260, Hes.Sc. 312, Pi.P.9.114, and esp. Th.5.50: prov., ἔξω ἀγῶνος out of the lists or course, i.e. beside the mark, Pi. P.1.44, Luc.Anach.21: pl.,κατ' ἀγῶνας Od.8.259
.II assembly of the Greeks at the national games,ὁ ἐν Ὀλυμπίῃ ἀ. Hdt.6.127
;ὁ Ὀλυμπικὸς ἀ. Ar.Pl. 583
;Ἑλλάδος πρόσχημ' ἀ. S.El. 682
, cf. 699:— hence, contest for a prize at the games, ἀ. γυμνικός, ἱππικός, μουσικός, Hdt.2.91, Pl.Lg. 658a, Ar.Pl. 1163, cf. Th.3.104;οἱ τῶν λαμπάδων ἀ. Arist.Ath.57.1
; ἀ. τῶν ἀνδρῶν contest in which the chorus was composed of men, opp. to παίδων or ἀγενείων (q.v.), D.21.18, etc.; ἀ. στεφανηφόρος or στεφανίτης contest where the prize is a crown, Hdt.5.102, Arist.Rh. 1357a19; ἀ. χάλκεος, where it is a shield of brass, Pi.N.10.22;ἀ. θεματικός IG14.739
([place name] Naples);ἀργυρίτης δωρίτης Plu.2.820d
:—hence many phrases, ἀγῶνα καταστῆσαι establish a contest, Isoc.4.1;τιθέναι Hdt.5.8
;ποιεῖν Th.3.104
;οὐ λόγων τοὺς ἀ. προθήσοντες Id.3.67
;προηγόρευέ τε ἀγῶνας καὶ ἆθλα προυτίθει X. Cyr.8.2.26
;προκαλούμενος ἑαυτὸν εἰς ἀ. Id.Mem.2.3.17
; τοὺς ἀ. νικᾶν ib.3.7.1;ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι Isoc.15.301
; of contests in general,εἰς ἀ. λόγων ἀφικέσθαι τινί Pl.Prt. 335a
; πρὸς τίν' ἀγῶνας τιθέμεσθ' ἀρετῆς; E. Ion 863 (lyr.);ἀ. σοφίας Ar.Ra. 883
.III generally, struggle, πολλοὺς ἀ. ἐξιών, of Hercules, S.Tr. 159;ξιφηφόρος ἀ. A.Ch. 584
;εἰς ἀ. τῷδε συμπεσὼν μάχης S.Tr.20
, etc;ὁ Φίλιππος, πρὸς ὀν ἦν ἡμῖν ὁ ἀ. D.18.67
;ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀ. Hdt.7.11
; ἀληθείην ἀσκέειν ἀ. μέγιστος ib. 209: pl.,πραγμάτων ἀγῶνας κεκτημένων Epicur.Sent.21
;ἄπορος ἀ. Lys.7.2
;ὅπλων ἔκειτ' ἀ. πέρι S.Aj. 936
; and without περί, τῶν Ἀχιλλείων ὅπλων ἀ. ib. 1240; ψυχῆς ἀ. τὸν προκείμενον πέρι struggle for life and death, E.Or. 847, cf. Ph. 1330;πολλοὺς ἀ. δραμέονται περὶ σφέων αὐτῶν Hdt.8.102
;λόγων γὰρ οὐ.. ἁγών, ἀλλὰ σῆς ψυχῆς πέρι S.El. 1492
, cf.infr.5.2 battle, action, Th.2.89, etc.3 action at law, trial, Antipho 6.21, etc., cf. A.Eu. 677, 744; , R. 494e;περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς ἀγῶνα καταστῆσαί τινα X.Lac.8.4
.4 speech delivered in court or before an assembly or ruler,πρεσβευτικοὶ ἀ. Plb.9.32.4
;τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους εἰρηκότος ἀ. τούς τε δικανικοὺς καὶ τοὺς δημηγορικούς D.H.Amm.1.3
, cf. OGI567 (Attalia, ii A.D.);ἀ. ἐσχηματισμένοι D.H. Rh.8.1
, al.b Rhet., main argument of a speech (opp.προοίμιον, ἐπίλογος), in pl., Syr.in Hermog.2.111, 170R., cf. Proll. Hermog.ap. Rh.4.12 W.5 metaph., οὐ λόγων ἔθ' ἁγών now is not the time for words, E.Ph. 588; οὐχ ἕδρας ἀ. 'tis no time for sitting still, Id.Or. 1291; ἀ. πρόφασιν οὐ δέχεται the crisis admits no dallying, Ar.Fr. 331, cf. Pl.Cra. 421d, Lg. 751d; μέγας ὁ ἀ... τὸ χρηστὸν ἢ κακὸν γενέσθαι the issue is great.., Id.R. 608b, cf. E.Med. 235; οὐ περί τινος ὁ ἀ. the question is not about.., Th.3.44.6 mental struggle, anxiety, Th.7.71, Plb.4.56.4, Ep.Col.2.1: in pl.,τρόμοι καὶ ἀ. Plu. Sol.7
.b of speakers, vehemence, power, Longin.15.1, cf. 26.3.IV personified, Ἀγών, divinity of the contest, Paus.5.26.3. -
113 ἀπαλλάσσω
A- ξω Isoc.5.52
: [tense] pf.ἀπήλλᾰχα X.Mem. 3.13.6
: [tense] aor.ἀπήλλαξα Hdt.1.16
, Ar.V. 1537, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.ἀπήλλαγμαι Id. Pax 1128
, Isoc.5.49, [dialect] Ion.ἀπάλλαγμαι Hdt.2.144
, 167: [tense] aor. ἀπηλλάχθην, [dialect] Ion.ἀπαλλ- Id.2.152
, etc.; in [dialect] Att. ἀπηλλάγην [ᾰ] as always in Prose; also in Trag. (for the most part metri gr., cf. however S.Ant. 422, El. 783 (v.l.), E.Ph. 592 (v.l.), Andr. 592): [tense] fut.ἀπαλλαχθήσομαι Id.Hipp. 356
, Ar.Av. 940; in Prose,ἀπαλλαγήσομαι Th. 4.28
, etc.:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. (in pass. sense)ἀπαλλάξομαι Hdt.7.122
, E. Hel. 437, Th.8.83, etc.: [tense] aor.ἀπαηλλάξαντο E.Heracl. 317
, cf. Plu. Cat.Mi.64.A. [voice] Act., set free, deliver from a thing,παιδίον δυσμορφίης Hdt. 6.61
; τινὰ πόνων, κακῶν, A.Eu.83, Pr. 773;τινὰ ἐκ γόων S.El. 292
;ἐκ φόβου καὶ κακῶν And.1.59
: c. acc. only, release, S.Ant. 596, etc.;κόπος μ' ἀ. Id.Ph. 880
.2 put away from, remove from, τί τινος, as ἀ. γῆς πρόσωπον, φρενῶν ἔρωτα, E.Med.27, Hipp. 774 (lyr.);σφαγῆς χεῖρα IT 994
;χρυσὸν χερός Hec. 1222
; ἀ. τινά τινος take away or remove from one, Ar.Ec. 1046;τινὰ ἀπὸ τῆς πολιορκίας D.C.43.32
.3 c. acc. only, put away, remove, τι E.Hec. 1068, Pl.Prt. 354d, etc.; μύθοις ἔργ' ἀ. κακά do away ill by words, E.Fr.282.26; get rid of creditors, And. 1.122;τοὺς χρήστας Is.5.28
; get rid of an opponent, by fair means or foul, D.24.37;ἀ. τοὺς κατηγόρους Lys.29.1
;τοὺς Πελοποννησίους ἐκ τῆς χώρας Th.8.48
; dismiss, send away,τινά Id.1.90
; remove or displace from an office, ib. 129;ἀ. τοὺς ὑπηρέτας καὶ θεραπευτῆρας Plu. Lyc.11
; also, make away with, destroy, Thphr.HP9.15.2;ἑαυτόν Plu.Cat.Mi.70
; bring to an end, .4 in Law, give a release, discharge, D.36.25, cf. 37.1;τοὺς δανείσαντας ἀ. 34.22
, cf. PTeb.315.16 (ii A.D.); discharge a debt, D.C.59.1, etc.:—so in [voice] Pass., Id.51.17.II intr., get off free, escape, esp. with an Adv. added, ῥηιδίως, χαλεπῶς ἀ., Hp.VM10,20, cf. X.Cyr.4.1.5;ὁ στόλος οὕτως ἀ.
came off, ended,Hdt.
5.63, cf. A.Ag. 1288, E.Med. 786;οὐκ ὡς ἤθελε ἀπήλλαξεν Hdt.1.16
;κάκιον ἀ. Pl.R. 491d
, cf. Men.Epit. 199;καταγελάστως ἀ. Aeschin.2.38
;ἀλυσιτελῶς ἀ. Thphr.Char.8.11
; ἀλύπως ἀ. get along well, PPetr.3p.58: with part. or Adj., χαίρωνἀ. Hdt.3.69
;ἀθῷοι ἀ. Pl.Sph. 254d
, etc.: c. gen., depart from, (dub.l.); ; soπῶς ἀπήλλαχεν ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ; X.Mem.3.13.6
; in respect of..,Diph.
73.B. [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., to be set free or released from a thing, get rid of it,ἀπαλλαχθέντας δουλοσύνης Hdt.1.170
;τυράννων Id.5.78
;τῶν παρεόντων κακῶν Id.2.120
; ; ; ; ;Κλέωνος Th.4.28
;τῆς κακουχίας ἐπὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ σκηνήν Plb.5.15.6
.2 get off, escape, mostly with some Adj. or Adv. added (as in [voice] Act. 11),ῥηιδίως ἀ. Hp.VM3
;ἀγῶνος ἀ. καλῶς E.Heracl. 346
; ἀζήμιος ἀπαλλαγῆναι, ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, Ar.Pl. 271, Pl.Lg. 721d.3 abs., to be acquitted, D.22.39.4 of a point under discussion, to be dismissed as settled,τοῦτο ἀπήλλακται μὴ.. τὸ φίλον φίλον εἶναι Pl.Ly. 220b
, cf. Phlb. 67a.II remove, depart from, ἐκ τῆς χώρης, ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, Hdt.1.61,2.139, al.;μαντικῶν μυχῶν A.Eu. 180
;γῆς ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι πόδα E.Med. 729
;δόξης, δέους Th.2.42
;ἀ. παρά τινος Aeschin.1.78
; depart, go away,ἐς τὴν ἑωυτοῦ Hdt.1.82
, al.;ἐπὶ τῆς ἑωυτοῦ Id.9.11
, cf. 5.64;πρὸς χώραν Pl.Lg. 938a
: abs., Hdt.2.93, al., Aen. Tact.10.19, 15.9.2 ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι τοῦ βίου depart from life, E.Hel. 102, Hipp. 356;βίου ἀπαλλαγὴν ἀ. Pl.R. 496e
; freq. without τοῦ βίου, depart, die, E.Heracl. 1000, Pl.Phd. 81c, etc.3ἀ. λέχους
to be divorced,E.
Andr. 592;ἀ. γυναῖκά τε ἀπ' ἀνδρὸς καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα ἀπὸ γυναικός Pl.Lg. 868d
.5ἀ. ἐκ παίδων
become a man,Aeschin.
1.40.6 to be removed from, free from the imputation of, ἀπηλλαγμένος εὐηθίης many removes from folly, Hdt.1.60;ξυμφορῶν Th.1.122
;αἰσχύνης Id.3.63
: c. inf., κρῖναι ἱκανῶς οὐκ ἀπήλλακτο was not far from judging adequately, Id.1.138.b πολλὸν ἀπηλλαγμένος τινός far inferior to him, Hdt.2.144.7 depart from, leave off from,τῶν μακρῶν λόγων S.El. 1335
; ;ἀ. λημμάτων
give up the pursuit of..,D.
3.33; οὐκ ἀπήλλακται γραφικῆς is not averse from.., Luc.Salt.35.b abs., have done, cease, of things, S.Ant. 422;ὅταν ἡ μέθη ἀπαλλαγῇ Arist.MM 1202a3
.c throw up one's case, give up a prosecution, D.21.151,198.d c. part., εἰπὼν ἀπαλλάγηθι speak and be done withit, Pl.Grg. 491c, cf.Tht. 183c; ;ἀπαλλάχθητι πυρώσας E. Cyc. 600
: also in part., with a Verb, οὐκοῦν ἀπαλλαχθεὶς ἄπει; make haste and begone, S.Ant. 244.8 to depart from enmity, i.e. to be reconciled, settle a dispute,πρὸς ἀλλήλους Pl.Lg. 915c
: abs., ib. 768c.9 recover from an ailment, Aret.SD1.14.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀπαλλάσσω
-
114 ἐγγράφω
3 engrave, inscribe,ἐν τῇσι στήλῃσι Hdt.2.102
, cf. 4.91;νόμους Lys. 30.2
(of codifiers, opp. ἐξαλείφω): —[voice] Med., :— [voice] Pass., to be written in, ἐνεγέγραπτο δὲ τάδε ἐν αὐτῇ (sc. τῇ ἐπιστολῇ) Th.1.128; αὑτὸν εὗρεν ἐγγεγραμμένον κτείνειν found his name entered in the letter for execution, ib. 132; .4 metaph.,εἰ μέλλουσι τοιαῦται διάνοιαι ἐγγραφήσεσθαι ἀνθρώποις X.Cyr.3.3.52
.5 Geom., inscribe a figure in another, εἰς .. Euc.4.4, al.; ἐν .. Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.13, al. ([voice] Pass.).6 Medic., include in a prescription,οἶνος ἐγγεγράφθω Aret.CD1.2
.II enter in the public register, esp. of one's deme or phratria,ἐς τὰ κοινὰ γραμματεῖα Is.7.1
;ἐγγράψαι τὸν υἱὸν εἰς ἄνδρας D.19.230
;εἰς τοὺς φράτερας Id.39.4
;ἐ. εἰς τοὺς ἀτίμους Plu.Them.6
; alsoἱερὰν ἐ. τὴν οὐσίαν Alex.276
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τοὺς δημότας ἐγγραφῆναι D.18.261
; Μαντίθεος ἐνεγεγράμμην by the name of M., Id.39.4;τοὺς μήπω δι' ἡλικίαν ἐγγεγραμμένους Arist.Pol. 1275a15
; ;εἰς τοὺς ἐφήβους Pl.Ax. 366e
. (A.Ch. 699 is corrupt.)2 indict, Ar. Pax 1180, D.37.24:—[voice] Pass., ἐγγράφεσθαι λιποταξίου to be indicted for desertion, Aeschin.2.148.3 of statedebtors, enter their names, ἐγγραφόντων οἱ ἄρχοντες τοῖς πράκτορσιν Lex ap. D.43.71; ἐγγεγραμμένος [ἐν ἀκροπόλει] registered among the state-debtors, D.25.4, cf. Arist.Ath.48.1; also of ἄτιμοι, Pl.Lg. 784d. (Perh. written ἐκγρ-, SIG742.29.)Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐγγράφω
-
115 ὑπερβαίνω
A- βήσομαι Heraclit.94
: [tense] aor. 2 ὑπερέβην, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.ὑπέρβᾰσαν Il.12.469
:—step over, mount, scale, c. acc.,τεῖχος Il.
l. c.;οὐδόν Od.8.80
; , Th.3.20;γεῖσα τειχέων E.Ph. 1180
; ; ὑ. τοὺς οὔρους cross the boundaries, Hdt.6.108; τὰ ὄρεα, Αἷμον, Id.4.25, Th.2.96; δόμους step over the threshold of the house, E.Med. 382 codd.; (troch., s. v. l.);ὑ. τέγος ὡς τοὺς γείτονας D.22.53
; ὑ. τὴν οἰκίαν τινός, of burglars, PTeb.796.2 (ii B. C.); but more usu. ὑ. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ib. 793vi21 (ii B. C.), cf. BGU 1007.10 (iii B. C.), PSI4.396.4 (iii B. C.) (the usage c. gen. is more than dub.; in Hdt.3.54 the best codd. have ἐπέβησαν; in E.Supp. 1049 Kirchhoff restored ὑπεκβᾶσ'; in Ion 220 Herm. supplied βᾱλόν): abs.,ὑ. εἰς τὴν τῶν Θηβαίων X.HG5.4.59
;τῶν [ἡδονῶν] εἰς τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὑ. Pl.R. 587c
; of rivers, overflow, ἐς τὴν χώρην, ἐς τὰς ἀρούρας, Hdt.2.13,14; εἰ ἐθελήσει ὑπερβῆναι ὁ ποταμὸς ταύτῃ ib.99.2 overstep, transgress,μέτρα Heraclit.
l. c.;οὐ θέμιν οὐδὲ δίκαν Pi.Fr.1.5
;νόμους τοὺς Περσέων Hdt.3.83
, cf. S.Ant. 449, al.;τοὺς ὅρκους D.11.2
;τὸν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ὅρον Pl.R. 373d
;τῆς εἱμαρμένης ὅρον IG12(7).53.32
(Amorgos, iii A. D.); τἀληθές exceed the truth, Phld.Po.5.24: abs., transgress, trespass, sin, ὅτε κέν τις ὑπερβήῃ ([dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. subj.)καὶ ἁμάρτῃ Il.9.501
;ὑ. καὶ ἁμαρτάνοντες Pl.R. 366a
, cf. 1 Ep.Thess.4.6.3 pass or go beyond,τοὺς προσεχέας Hdt.3.89
; leave out, omit, Pl.R. 528d, al., Epicur.Ep.3p.63U., Gal.15.592, etc.;ὑ. τι τῷ λόγῳ D.4.38
;ὑ. τὸ σαφὲς εἰπεῖν Id.60.31
; pass over, i. e. leave unmolested, the next heir, Is. 3.57; ὑ. τῆς οὐσίας omit part of it, Arist.APo. 91b27.5 of Time, pass by, elapse,ὑπερβάντων τῶν τῆς συμπαθείας χρόνων Sor.2.41
.II go beyond, ὑπερβὰς ἑβδομήκοντα [ ἔτη] after passing the age of seventy, Pl.Lg. 755b; ὑ. τοῦτο go beyond this, in their demands, Plb.2.15.6; transcend,τὸν νοῦν Plot.6.7.39
: abs., dies ὑπερβαίνοντες supernumerary days in the calendar, Macr.Sat.1.13.10.2 surpass, outdo,πάσῃ παρὰ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὑ. ἀρετῇ Pl.Ti. 24d
;ὑ. ἢ γνῶσιν σαφηνείᾳ ἢ ἄγνοιαν ἀσαφείᾳ Id.R. 478c
: abs., dub. l. in Thgn. 1015.IV in [tense] pf., to be higher than,δύο [ἐσχάρας] ὑπερβεβηκυίας τὴν ἐν τῷ μεταφρένῳ ἐσχάραν Paul.Aeg.6.44
.B Causal in [tense] aor. 1, put over, ὑπερβησάτω ἐπὶ τὰς δεξιὰς πλευρὰς τὴν κνήμην, as a direction to one mounting a horse, X.Eq.7.2.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπερβαίνω
-
116 εἰς
εἰς u. ἐς, die allg. Bedeutung ist die Bewegung nach etwas hinein. (1) am häufigsten von Ländern bei den Verbis, die eine Bewegung ausdrücken. Nach griechischer Weise steht oft der Name der Einwohner für das Land, εἰς τοὺς Καρδούχους ἐμβάλλειν; überall an die Volks- oder Richterversammlung als den Ort zu denken, in den man eintritt; εἰς ϑεὸν ἐλϑεῖν, zum Orakel. Bei einzelnen Personen wo immer auch noch an den Ort, das Zelt od. Haus gedacht werden kann. In den häufigen Vrbdgn εἰς Ἀΐδαο u. Ἅιδου fehlt οἶκον oder ein ähnliches Substantivum; ἀνδρὸς ἐς ἀφνειοῠ, in das Haus eines begüterten Mannes; εἰς διδασκάλων πέμπειν, ἐς διδασκάλου φοιτᾶν in die Schule schicken, gehen; φέρων ἐς σεωυτοῦ, in dein Haus; auch bei Tempeln heißt es εἰς Ἀϑηναίης, in den Tempel der Athene; ἂψ δ' εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο στῆσα νέας, in des Aegyptus Strom. Bes. bei den Rednern; ἐς τοσοῠτο ἐγένετο, so weit kam es; ἐς πᾶν ἔργον χωρεῖν, alles wagen; εἰς πρόσϑεν, vorwärts. (2) Bei mehreren Verbis, die eine Ruhe ausdrücken, steht εἰς brachylogisch, so daß man das Verbum der Bewegung hinzudenken muß; ἐφάνη λῖς εἰς ὁδόν, er kam auf den Weg u. zeigte sich da; εἰς Σάρδεις, nach Sardes hingekommen sein; κατασκηνοῠν εἰς κώμας, sich einquartieren u. lagern; κατέστη εἰς τὴν βασίλειαν, er trat ein in die Herrschaft; ἀποστὰς εἰς Μυσούς, ἐς χωρίον, fiel ab zu den M.; στῆναι εἰς μέτωπον, sich hingestellt haben auf; in παραγγέλλειν εἰς τὰ ὅπλα, fehlt ἰέναι, wie bei uns: zu den Waffen rufen; βούλομαι ἐς τὸ βαλανεῖον, ich will in das Bad. Aehnl. εἰς ἀνάγκην κείμεϑα, wir sind in die Notwendigkeit versetzt. Gramm. zitieren mit ζήτει εἰς τὸ δεῖνα, z. B. ζήτει εἰς τὰ ἐπάνω, d. h. »siehe oben«. (3) Nicht das Eindringen in einen Ort, sondern nur die Richtung wohin; ἀφίκοντο εἰς χωρίον, wo sie nicht hineinkommen; τὸ εἰς Παλλήνην τεῖχος, dahin gelegen. Dah. steht es oft bei den Verbis des Sehens. So auch bei den Verbis sagen, zeigen, wo wir vor, unter, in Gegenwart übersetzen; ἐς φανερὸν λεγόμεναι αἰτίαι, die ins Öffentliche ausgesprochnen, offen angegebenen Gründe; ἀποδῠναι ἐς τὸ φανερόν, vor aller Augen; στρατιὰν ἐπαγγέλλειν ἐς τοὺς συμμάχους, unter den Bundesgenossen ausschreiben. So auch εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους διαβεβλῆσϑαι, bei den anderen verleumdet worden sein; ἐπαχϑῆ εἶναι εἰς τοὺς πολλούς, der Menge lästig sein. (4) Feindliche Bdtg: gegen; ἴεντο εἰς τοὺς ἀνϑρώπους, stürzten auf die Feinde los. Auch in gutem Sinne: gegen. (5) Bei der Zeit ist εἰς Grenzbestimmung und bedeutet. (a) bis; εἰς τόδε, bis auf diese Zeit; εἰς ἐμέ, bis zu meiner Zeit; ἐς τί; wie lange?; εἰς ὅτε, bis zur Zeit, wann; ἐς οὗ, bis daß. Oft entspricht es einem vorangehenden ἐκ,; εἰς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος, wie unser: Jahr aus, Jahr ein. (b) die ganze, dazwischenliegende Zeit; εἰς ἐνιαυτόν, ein Jahr lang, auf ein Jahr, eigtl. bis ein Jahr vollendet ist. (c) den Zeitpunkt selbst; ἐς ϑέρος, ἐς ὀπώρην ἐλεύσεσϑαι, auf den Sommer; οὔτε ἐς τὸ παρέον οὔτε ἐς χρόνον μεταμελήσει, weder für jetzt, noch dereinst; ἐς νύκτα ἐτελεύτα, zur Nacht; ἡ εἰς αὔριον ἡμέρα, der morgende Tag. (6) Bei der Zahl drückt es ebenfalls die Grenze aus: bis an, höchstens, u. allgemein: gegen, an; ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο, auf Diskusweite; ἐς δραχμὴν ἑκάστῳ διέδωκε, zum Belauf einer Drachme; ἐς τρίς, bis auf dreimal. Distributiv steht es bes. bei Angabe der Stellung der Soldaten; εἰς δύο, je zwei Mann neben einander; εἰς ὀκτώ, je acht Mann hinter einander. (7) An βλέπειν εἴς τι reiht sich die Zweckbedeutung: zu, für; εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαϑόν, zum Guten reden, um Gutes zu bewirken; πείσεται εἰς ἀγαϑόν, zu seinem Besten; εἰς χάριν πράττειν, zu Gefallen; εἰς τί, wozu?; εἰς πίστιν δέδωκα, auf Kredit; ἐς χλαῖναν πόκον δωρεῖσϑαι, zum Kleide; ἐς γράμματα, um zu lernen. Bei adject.; ἐπιτήδειος ἔς τι, geeignet zu etwas; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμά ἐστι ist zweckdienlich. Auch ἐξάγει τὸ στράτευμα, εἰς τὸ μὴ φοβεῖσϑαι, damit nicht; τὸ προςτυχὸν εἰς ὅπλον ἁρπάζεσϑαι, τὴν πήραν εἰς καϑέδραν ποιεῖσϑαι, als Waffe, zum Sitz. (8) In Ansehung, in Rücksicht auf; τὸ μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἔμ' οὐ κακῶς ἔχει, was mich anbetrifft, ich befinde mich nicht schlecht; εἰς ὅσον ἐγὼ σϑένω, wie weit; ἐς τὰ μάλιστα, häufig; εἰς χρήματα δίκην λαμβάνειν u. εἰς τὰ σώματα τιμωρίας ποιεῖσϑαι, an Geld u. am Leben strafen. Bes. bei anklagen, loben, tadeln; εἴς τε μαλακίαν καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀβουλίαν ἀπελύσαντο, sie rechtfertigten sich gegen den Vorwurf der Weichlichkeit; ἐνεκάλουν εἰς τὴν ἐπιτροπήν, über die Vormundschaft. Auch πρῆγμα γενόμενον εἴς τινα, ein Vorfall, der sich mit einem zugetragen. Absolut, εἰς δὲ τὴν τοῠ καρποῠ κομιδήν, was das anbetrifft; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα, in anderer Hinsicht. Man merke noch εἰς τὸν ἀριϑμὸν ἐφάνη τριςχίλια, für die Zählung oder nach der Zählung; εἰς τὸν πάντα ἀριϑμόν u. εἰς λόγον, in Rücksicht auf. (9) Hieraus entwickelt sich die Bdtg: gemäß, nach; εἰς το πεπρωμένον τελεῖται, das Vollenden nach dem Schicksal, drin Aufgehen in das Beschlossene; ἐς δύναμιν, nach Kräften; ἐς τὸ δυνατόν, soweit es möglich ist; ἐς ἀργύριον λογισϑέν, auf Geld berechnet; εἰς ἓν μέλος, nach einer Weise. Adverbial, ἐς το ἀκριβὲς εἰπεῖν, genau. In der Zusammensetzung: hinein, hinan, hinzu -
117 ἐς
εἰς u. ἐς, die allg. Bedeutung ist die Bewegung nach etwas hinein. (1) am häufigsten von Ländern bei den Verbis, die eine Bewegung ausdrücken. Nach griechischer Weise steht oft der Name der Einwohner für das Land, εἰς τοὺς Καρδούχους ἐμβάλλειν; überall an die Volks- oder Richterversammlung als den Ort zu denken, in den man eintritt; εἰς ϑεὸν ἐλϑεῖν, zum Orakel. Bei einzelnen Personen wo immer auch noch an den Ort, das Zelt od. Haus gedacht werden kann. In den häufigen Vrbdgn εἰς Ἀΐδαο u. Ἅιδου fehlt οἶκον oder ein ähnliches Substantivum; ἀνδρὸς ἐς ἀφνειοῠ, in das Haus eines begüterten Mannes; εἰς διδασκάλων πέμπειν, ἐς διδασκάλου φοιτᾶν in die Schule schicken, gehen; φέρων ἐς σεωυτοῦ, in dein Haus; auch bei Tempeln heißt es εἰς Ἀϑηναίης, in den Tempel der Athene; ἂψ δ' εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο στῆσα νέας, in des Aegyptus Strom. Bes. bei den Rednern; ἐς τοσοῠτο ἐγένετο, so weit kam es; ἐς πᾶν ἔργον χωρεῖν, alles wagen; εἰς πρόσϑεν, vorwärts. (2) Bei mehreren Verbis, die eine Ruhe ausdrücken, steht εἰς brachylogisch, so daß man das Verbum der Bewegung hinzudenken muß; ἐφάνη λῖς εἰς ὁδόν, er kam auf den Weg u. zeigte sich da; εἰς Σάρδεις, nach Sardes hingekommen sein; κατασκηνοῠν εἰς κώμας, sich einquartieren u. lagern; κατέστη εἰς τὴν βασίλειαν, er trat ein in die Herrschaft; ἀποστὰς εἰς Μυσούς, ἐς χωρίον, fiel ab zu den M.; στῆναι εἰς μέτωπον, sich hingestellt haben auf; in παραγγέλλειν εἰς τὰ ὅπλα, fehlt ἰέναι, wie bei uns: zu den Waffen rufen; βούλομαι ἐς τὸ βαλανεῖον, ich will in das Bad. Aehnl. εἰς ἀνάγκην κείμεϑα, wir sind in die Notwendigkeit versetzt. Gramm. zitieren mit ζήτει εἰς τὸ δεῖνα, z. B. ζήτει εἰς τὰ ἐπάνω, d. h. »siehe oben«. (3) Nicht das Eindringen in einen Ort, sondern nur die Richtung wohin; ἀφίκοντο εἰς χωρίον, wo sie nicht hineinkommen; τὸ εἰς Παλλήνην τεῖχος, dahin gelegen. Dah. steht es oft bei den Verbis des Sehens. So auch bei den Verbis sagen, zeigen, wo wir vor, unter, in Gegenwart übersetzen; ἐς φανερὸν λεγόμεναι αἰτίαι, die ins Öffentliche ausgesprochnen, offen angegebenen Gründe; ἀποδῠναι ἐς τὸ φανερόν, vor aller Augen; στρατιὰν ἐπαγγέλλειν ἐς τοὺς συμμάχους, unter den Bundesgenossen ausschreiben. So auch εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους διαβεβλῆσϑαι, bei den anderen verleumdet worden sein; ἐπαχϑῆ εἶναι εἰς τοὺς πολλούς, der Menge lästig sein. (4) Feindliche Bdtg: gegen; ἴεντο εἰς τοὺς ἀνϑρώπους, stürzten auf die Feinde los. Auch in gutem Sinne: gegen. (5) Bei der Zeit ist εἰς Grenzbestimmung und bedeutet. (a) bis; εἰς τόδε, bis auf diese Zeit; εἰς ἐμέ, bis zu meiner Zeit; ἐς τί; wie lange?; εἰς ὅτε, bis zur Zeit, wann; ἐς οὗ, bis daß. Oft entspricht es einem vorangehenden ἐκ,; εἰς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος, wie unser: Jahr aus, Jahr ein. (b) die ganze, dazwischenliegende Zeit; εἰς ἐνιαυτόν, ein Jahr lang, auf ein Jahr, eigtl. bis ein Jahr vollendet ist. (c) den Zeitpunkt selbst; ἐς ϑέρος, ἐς ὀπώρην ἐλεύσεσϑαι, auf den Sommer; οὔτε ἐς τὸ παρέον οὔτε ἐς χρόνον μεταμελήσει, weder für jetzt, noch dereinst; ἐς νύκτα ἐτελεύτα, zur Nacht; ἡ εἰς αὔριον ἡμέρα, der morgende Tag. (6) Bei der Zahl drückt es ebenfalls die Grenze aus: bis an, höchstens, u. allgemein: gegen, an; ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο, auf Diskusweite; ἐς δραχμὴν ἑκάστῳ διέδωκε, zum Belauf einer Drachme; ἐς τρίς, bis auf dreimal. Distributiv steht es bes. bei Angabe der Stellung der Soldaten; εἰς δύο, je zwei Mann neben einander; εἰς ὀκτώ, je acht Mann hinter einander. (7) An βλέπειν εἴς τι reiht sich die Zweckbedeutung: zu, für; εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαϑόν, zum Guten reden, um Gutes zu bewirken; πείσεται εἰς ἀγαϑόν, zu seinem Besten; εἰς χάριν πράττειν, zu Gefallen; εἰς τί, wozu?; εἰς πίστιν δέδωκα, auf Kredit; ἐς χλαῖναν πόκον δωρεῖσϑαι, zum Kleide; ἐς γράμματα, um zu lernen. Bei adject.; ἐπιτήδειος ἔς τι, geeignet zu etwas; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμά ἐστι ist zweckdienlich. Auch ἐξάγει τὸ στράτευμα, εἰς τὸ μὴ φοβεῖσϑαι, damit nicht; τὸ προςτυχὸν εἰς ὅπλον ἁρπάζεσϑαι, τὴν πήραν εἰς καϑέδραν ποιεῖσϑαι, als Waffe, zum Sitz. (8) In Ansehung, in Rücksicht auf; τὸ μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἔμ' οὐ κακῶς ἔχει, was mich anbetrifft, ich befinde mich nicht schlecht; εἰς ὅσον ἐγὼ σϑένω, wie weit; ἐς τὰ μάλιστα, häufig; εἰς χρήματα δίκην λαμβάνειν u. εἰς τὰ σώματα τιμωρίας ποιεῖσϑαι, an Geld u. am Leben strafen. Bes. bei anklagen, loben, tadeln; εἴς τε μαλακίαν καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀβουλίαν ἀπελύσαντο, sie rechtfertigten sich gegen den Vorwurf der Weichlichkeit; ἐνεκάλουν εἰς τὴν ἐπιτροπήν, über die Vormundschaft. Auch πρῆγμα γενόμενον εἴς τινα, ein Vorfall, der sich mit einem zugetragen. Absolut, εἰς δὲ τὴν τοῠ καρποῠ κομιδήν, was das anbetrifft; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα, in anderer Hinsicht. Man merke noch εἰς τὸν ἀριϑμὸν ἐφάνη τριςχίλια, für die Zählung oder nach der Zählung; εἰς τὸν πάντα ἀριϑμόν u. εἰς λόγον, in Rücksicht auf. (9) Hieraus entwickelt sich die Bdtg: gemäß, nach; εἰς το πεπρωμένον τελεῖται, das Vollenden nach dem Schicksal, drin Aufgehen in das Beschlossene; ἐς δύναμιν, nach Kräften; ἐς τὸ δυνατόν, soweit es möglich ist; ἐς ἀργύριον λογισϑέν, auf Geld berechnet; εἰς ἓν μέλος, nach einer Weise. Adverbial, ἐς το ἀκριβὲς εἰπεῖν, genau. In der Zusammensetzung: hinein, hinan, hinzu -
118 πράσσω
πράσσω,; (1) tun, handeln, Geschäfte machen; οὐδέ τι ἔργον ἐνϑάδ' ἔτι πρήξει, er soll hier weiter nichts zu schaffen haben; gew. ausrichten, erlangen, οὔτι πρήσσει, er richtet nichts aus, gewinnt nichts; ἔπρηξας καὶ ἔπειτα, du hast doch endlich deinen Zweck erreicht; πρῆξαι δ' ἔμπης οὔτι δυνήσεαι, du wirst doch nichts ausrichten können; bes. κέλευϑον, einen Weg vollenden, zurücklegen; ὁδόν, ἅλα, das Meer zurücklegen, es durchfahren; c. gen., ὁδοῖο, einen Weg vollenden; πράσσει ἀρετἀς herrlich, Taten ausführen; κλέος ἔπραξεν, bewirkte, erlangte; ἄκοιτιν, eine Gattin erlangen; πεπραγμένοι, es ist um sie geschehen, sie sind verloren; σὺ μὲν τὰ σαυτῆς πράσσε, besorge deine Geschäfte; bes. betreiben, bewerkstelligen; übh. von eigenen, bes. Handelsgeschäften, wie sie der Großhändler od. Seefahrer treibt, wie von Staatsgeschäften; κατὰ νόμους, gesetzmäßig verfahren; ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι πράττειν δυνάμενοι, die etwas durchsetzen können; pass., οἱ τῷ ϑυμῷ πραχϑέντες φόνοι, die im Zorn verübten Morde; ἱκανὸς πράττειν, ein geschickter Staatsmann; aber auch ein geschickter Geschäftsführer, Anwalt; πράττειν τινί τι, etwas für einen bewirken, tun; οἱ τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις πράσσοντες, die für die Lacedämonier tätig sind, es mit ihnen halten; ἐς τοὺς Εἵλωτας πράσσειν τι αὐτόν, daß er mit den Heloten unterhandeln, od. für die Heloten etwas tun wolle; οὐδὲν πράττειν δυνάμενος, nichts ausrichten könnend; (2) intrans., sich befinden, in einem gewissen Zustande sein, so und so ablaufen; τοὺς κακῶς πράσσοντας, die schlechte Geschäfte machen, denen es schlecht geht, die Unglücklichen; πῶς ἄρα πράσσει Ξέρξης; wir sagen: was macht Xerxes?; ἔπραξεν οἷον ἤϑελεν, es ging ihm nach Wunsch; χρηστόν τι, glücklich sein; οὐδὲν ἄμεινον φάμενος πρήσσειν οἰκεῦντες Λιβύην, es gehe ihnen nicht besser; ὁ στόλος οὕτως ἔπρηξε, hatte solchen Erfolg, lief so ab; ὡς ἔπρηξε, wie es ihm erging; ὅστις καλῶς πράττει οὐχὶ καὶ εὖ πράττει, wer recht handelt, dem geht es gut; ὅτι ἂν τύχωσι τοῠτο πράξουσι, sie werden in der Lage sein, die ihnen gerade zu Teil wird; οἱ τὰ γεωργικά, ἰατρικά, πολιτικὰ εὖ πράττοντες, die als Landmann, Arzt, Staatsmann ihre Geschäfte gut betreiben, glücklich sind; ἀκούοντες καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς παρὰ Κύρῳ πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαϑὰ πράττειν, viele gute Geschäfte machen, viel erwerben, daß es ihnen sehr gut gehe. Überall ist hier das Glück od. Unglück als in Vrbdg mit den Handlungen der Menschen stehend zu denken. und erscheint als selbstverschuldet, während εὐτυχεῖν u. δυςτυχεῖν vom Schicksale od. Ungefähr abhängt; (3) πράττειν τινά τι, einem etwas antun, zufügen, wie ποιεῖν, doch viel seltner. Gew. πράττειν τινὰ ἀργύριον, Geld von einem eintreiben, einfordern; πράσσει με τόκον, er treibt Zinsen von mir ein; für sich eintreiben, einfordern; τὸν πατρὸς φόνον, rächen; auch mit dem gehässigen Nebenbegriffe gewaltsamer, unrechtmäßiger Mittel: erpressen, Geld von einem; pass., Τισσαφέρνης ἐτύγχανε πεπραγμένος τοὺς φόρους ὑπὸ βασιλέως, es wurde dem Tissaphernes gerade vom König der Tribut abgefordert; auch von. der verwirkten Buße; pass., ὃς ἂν μισϑοὺς μὴ ἀποδιδῷ, διπλοῠν πραττέσϑω, von dem soll das Doppelte eingezogen werden; πράξασϑαι πλέον, sich mehr geben lassen; τὰ πραττόμενα, das Eingeforderte, der Tribut -
119 παρά
παρά (Hom.+. On elision s. B-D-F §17; Rob. 208) prep. w. three cases (Kühner-G. §440; Schwyzer II 491–98; B-D-F §236–38; Rob. 612–16. Further lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.; also HRau, De praepositionis παρά usu: GCurtius, Studien etc. III 1870).A. W. gen., which nearly always as in Hom., Hdt., Pla., X. et al. denotes a pers., and indicates that someth. proceeds fr. this pers. (Hs 2:3 is an exception):① marker of extension from the side of, from (the side of) w. local sense preserved, used w. verbs of coming, going, sending, originating, going out, etc. (TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 30 [Stone p. 4] παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπεστάλην; Lucian, Demon. 13 ἀπιὼν παρʼ αὐτοῦ) ἐκπορεύεσθαι J 15:26b. ἐξέρχεσθαι 16:27; 17:8; Lk 2:1; 6:19. ἔρχεσθαι 8:49. παραγίνεσθαι Mk 14:43. πέμπειν τινὰ παρά τινος J 15:26a. πνεύματος ἁγίου … παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτήν (=Μαρίαν) AcPlCor 2:5. εἶναι παρά τινος be from someone (cp. Job 21:2, 9) J 6:46; 7:29; 9:16, 33; 17:7.② marker of one who originates or directs, from (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 100 §420 παρὰ τ. θεῶν; TestJob 38:8 παρὰ θεοῦ) παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη this was the Lord’s doing Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). W. a double negative: οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τ. θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα (s. ἀδυνατέω) Lk 1:37. τὰ λελαλημένα αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου what was said to her (by the angel) at the Lord’s command vs. 45. ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ John the Baptist was not, like Jesus, sent out fr. the very presence of God, but one whose coming was brought about by God J 1:6 (cp. 2 Macc 11:17). παρʼ ἑαυτῆς φέρει καρπὸν καὶ παρὰ τῆς πτελέας it (i.e. the vine) bears fruit which comes both from itself and from the elm Hs 2:3. On 2 Pt 2:11 s. κρίσις 1bβ.③ marker of the point fr. which an action originates, fromⓐ after verbsα. of asking, demanding αἰτεῖν and αἰτεῖσθαι (cp. X., An. 1, 3, 16, Hell. 3, 1, 4; SIG 785, 9f; PFay 121, 12ff; Tob 4:19 BA al.; LXX; TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 2 [Stone p. 22]; TestJob 20:2; ParJer 7:14; Jos., Ant. 15, 92) Mt 20:20 v.l. (for ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ); J 4:9; Ac 3:2; 9:2; Js 1:5; 1J 5:15 v.l. (for ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ); 1 Cl 36:4 (Ps 2:8); Hm 9:2, 4; Dg 1. ζητεῖν (Tob 4:18; Sir 7:4; cp. 1 Macc 7:13) Mk 8:11; Lk 11:16; 12:48.β. of taking, accepting, receiving λαμβάνειν (class.; Appian, Mithrid. 88 §397; SIG 546 B, 23 [III B.C.]; Jdth 12:15; Sus 55 Theod.; 1 Macc 8:8; 11:34; 4 Macc 12:11; TestJob 11:5; JosAs 24:11; Just., A I, 39, 5 al.) Mk 12:2; Lk 6:34; J 5:34, 41, 44; 10:18; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 17:9; 20:24; 26:10 (Jos., Ant. 14, 167 λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν παρά σου [= τ. ἀρχιερέως]; 11, 169); Js 1:7; 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 4; Rv 2:28; Hs 1:8; 8, 3, 5; GJs 20, 2 codices. ἀπολαμβάνειν (SIG 150, 19f [restored text; IV B.C.]; 4 Macc 18:23) Hv 5:7. παραλαμβάνειν (Hdt. et al.; oft. ins; POxy 504, 14 al. in pap) Gal 1:12; 1 Th 2:13; 4:1; 2 Th 3:6. δέχεσθαι (Thu. 1, 20, 1 et al.; 1 Macc 15:20; TestJob 11:12; cp. διαδέχεσθαι Ath. 37, 1) Ac 22:5; Phil 4:18a. κομίζεσθαι (SIG 244 I, 5ff [IV B.C.]; Gen 38:20; 2 Macc 7:11; Ath. 12, 1) Eph 6:8. εὑρεῖν (SIG 537, 69; 1099, 28; cp. εὑρίσκω 3, end) 2 Ti 1:18. ἔχειν τι παρά τινος have received someth. fr. someone (1 Esdr 6:5) Ac 9:14; cp. Hv 3, 9, 8. γίνεταί μοί τι παρά τινος I receive someth. from someone (Att.) Mt 18:19. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις … παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ 2J 3 (cp. X., An. 7, 2, 25). οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον those who were entrusted by God with a task 1 Cl 43:1 (cp. Polyb. 3, 69, 1; SIG 1207, 12f). παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου πλουτίζεσθαι receive one’s wealth fr. the Lord Hs 2:10.—Sim. in the case of a purchase the seller is introduced by παρά: buy fr. someone ἀγοράζειν (s. ἀγοράζω 1, end) Rv 3:18. ὠνεῖσθαι Ac 7:16. ἄρτον φαγεῖν παρά τινος receive support from someone 2 Th 3:8.γ. of learning, coming to know, hearing, asking ἀκούειν (s. ἀκούω 1bβ and 3) J 1:40; 6:45; 7:51; 8:26, 40; 15:15; Ac 10:22; 28:22; 2 Ti 1:13; 2:2; AcPlCor 1:6; ἀκριβοῦν Mt 2:7, 16. ἐξακριβάζεσθαι Hm 4, 2, 3. ἐπιγινώσκειν Ac 24:8. μανθάνειν (since Aeschyl., Ag. 858; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 176; Sir 8:8f; 2 Macc 7:2 v.l.; 3 Macc 1:1; Just., A I, 23, 1 and D. 78, 1 al.; Ath. 7, 2; 22, 8) 2 Ti 3:14. πυνθάνεσθαι (Hdt. 3, 68; X., Cyr. 1, 6, 23; Pla., Rep. 5, 476e; SIG 1169, 30; 2 Ch 32:31) Mt 2:4; J 4:52 (without παρά v.l.); B 13:2 (Gen 25:22).ⓑ w. adjectival function ὁ, ἡ, τὸ παρά τινος made, given, etc., by someoneα. w. a noun (funct. as a gen.: Pla., Symp. 197e ὁ παρά τινος λόγος ‘the expression made by someone’; X., Hell. 3, 1, 6 δῶρον παρὰ βασιλέως, Mem. 2, 2, 12 ἡ παρά τινος εὔνοια, Cyr. 5, 5, 13 τὸ παρʼ ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα ‘the crime committed by me’; Polyb. 3, 69, 3 ἡ παρʼ αὐτοῦ σωτηρία; Polyaenus 3, 9, 28 ἡ παρὰ στρατηγοῦ ἀρετή; SIG 543, 27; Ex 4:20; 14:13; Philo, Plant. 14; Jos., Ant. 12, 400; Just., A I, 32, 8 and D. 92, 1 al.; Ath. 7, 1) ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη Ro 11:27 (Is 59:21).—Ac 26:12 v.l.; 22 v.l.β. w. subst. functionא. τὰ παρά τινος what someone gives, someone’s gifts (X., Mem. 3, 11, 13; Jos., Bell. 2, 124, Ant. 8, 175; Tat. 32, 1 τὰ παρὰ θεοῦ) Lk 10:7; Phil 4:18b. τὰ παρʼ αὐτῆς her property, what she had Mk 5:26 (cp. IPriene 111, 177). τὰ παρὰ ζώσης καὶ μενούσης (the help that I received) from a living, contemporary voice Papias (2:4).ב. οἱ παρά τινος someone’s envoys (οἱ παρὰ βασιλέω πρέσβει X., Hell. 1, 3, 9; oft. in ins.: see, e.g., OGI 5, 50 from Ptolemy; the full expression οἱ παρʼ ὑμῶν πρεσβείς OGI 8 VI, 108–9; Schwyzer II 498; B-D-F §237, 2) οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως (1 Macc 2:15; 1 Esdr 1:15) 1 Cl 12:4.—The Koine also uses this expr. to denote others who are intimately connected w. someone, e.g. family, relatives (PGrenf II, 36, 9 [II B.C.]; POxy 805 [I B.C.]; 298, 37 [I A.D.]; CPR I, 179, 16; 187, 7; Sb 5238, 19 [I A.D.]; Sus 33; 1 Macc 13:52; Jos., Ant. 1, 193. Further exx. fr. pap in Mlt. 106f; Rossberg [s. ἀνά, beg.] 52) Mk 3:21 (s. CBruston/PFarel: RTQR 18, 1909, 82–93; AWabnitz, ibid. 221–25; SMonteil, ibid. 19, 1910, 317–25; JMoulton, Mk 3:21: ET 20, 1909, 476; GHartmann, Mk 3:20f: BZ 11, 1913, 248–79; FZorell, Zu Mk 3:20, 21: ZKT 37, 1913, 695–7; JBelser, Zu Mk 3:20f: TQ 98, 1916, 401–18; Rdm.2 141; 227.—S. also at ἐξίστημι 2a).B. w. dat., the case that exhibits close association① marker of nearness in space, at/by (the side of), beside, near, with, acc. to the standpoint fr. which the relationship is viewedⓐ near, besideα. w. things (Synes., Ep. 126 p. 262a; Kaibel 703, 1; POxy 120, 23; 2 Km 10:8; 11:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 196) εἱστήκεισαν παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ J 19:25. κεῖσθαι παρὰ τῷ πύργῳ Hv 3, 5, 5.ⓑ in (someone’s) house, city, company, etc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 al. παρὰ Λάβαν)α. house: ἀριστᾶν Lk 11:37. καταλύειν 19:7 (Pla., Gorg. 447b; Demosth. 18, 82). μένειν (JosAs 20:8; Jos., Ant. 1, 298; 299) J 1:39; Ac 9:43; 18:3; 21:8. ξενίζεσθαι 10:6; 21:16 (ξενίζω 1). So prob. also ἕκαστος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ each one at home 1 Cor 16:2 (cp. Philo, Cher. 48 παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς, Leg. ad Gai. 271). ὸ̔ν ἀπέλιπον ἐν Τρῳάδι παρὰ Κάρπῳ 2 Ti 4:13.β. city: Rv 2:13. So prob. also ἦσαν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί Mt 22:25.—J 4:40; Col 4:16 (where the congregation at Laodicea is contrasted w. the one at Col.).γ. other uses: παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις among Judeans Mt 28:15. παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι remain with them Ac 28:14; cp. 21:7. οἱ παρʼ ὑμῖν πρεσβύτεροι the elders among you 1 Cl 1:3.—παρὰ τῷ πατρί with (of spatial proximity) the Father Mt 6:1; J 8:38a; cp. 17:5 (Synes., Kingship 29 p. 31d: philosophy has her abode παρὰ τῷ θεῷ and if the world refuses to receive her when she descends to earth, μένει παρὰ τῷ πατρί). Of Jesus: παρʼ ὑμῖν μένων while I was with you (on earth) J 14:25. Of the Spirit: παρʼ ὑμῖν μένει vs. 17. Of the Father and Son in their relation to the faithful Christian: μονὴν παρʼ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα we will take up our abode with him vs. 23.δ. fig. παρά τινι before someone’s judgment seat (Demosth. 18, 13 εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι παρά τινι; Appian, Maced. 11 §8 παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐς κρίσιν) 2 Pt 2:11 v.l. Closely related is② marker of one whose viewpoint is relevant, in the sight or judgment of someone (Soph., Hdt.; PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ) παρὰ τῷ θεῷ: δίκαιος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ righteous in the sight of God Ro 2:13 (cp. Job 9:2; Jos., Ant. 6, 205; Ath. 31, 2 εὐδοξοῦμεν … παρὰ τῷ θεῷ).—Cp. 1 Cor 3:19; Gal 3:11; 2 Th 1:6; Js 1:27; 1 Pt 2:4; 2 Pt 3:8. θυσία δεκτὴ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ Hs 5, 3, 8. ἔνδοξος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ m 2:6; Hs 5, 3, 3; 8, 10, 1; 9, 27, 3; 9, 28, 3; 9, 29, 3.—9, 7, 6.—Acc. to the judgment of humans (Jos., Ant. 7, 84; Just., A I, 20, 3) 8, 9, 1. τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρʼ ὑμῖν; Ac 26:8. ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι Ro 11:25; cp. 12:16 (s. Pr 3:7 μὴ ἴσθι φρόνιμος παρὰ σεαυτῷ).—‘In the judgment’ passes over into a simpler with (PsSol 9:5 παρὰ κυρίῳ; Jos. Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 10 παρὰ θεοῖς=with the gods) εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι find favor with someone (Ex 33:16; cp. Num 11:15) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10. τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ θεῷ 1 Pt 2:20. χάριν ἔχειν (Ex 33:12) m 5, 1, 5. προέκοπτεν ἐν τῇ χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52. τί ταπεινοφροσύνη παρὰ θεῷ ἰσχύει, τί ἀγάπη ἁγνὴ παρά θεῷ δύναται how strong humility is before God, what pure love before God can do 1 Cl 21:8.③ marker of personal reference, at the side of, with almost equivalent to the dat. as such (Ps 75:13): δυνατόν or ἀδύνατον παρά τινι possible or impossible for someone (Gen 18:14; Just., A I, 33, 2; Ath., R. 9 p. 58, 6) Mt 19:26ab; Mk 10:27abc; Lk 1:37 v.l.; 18:27ab; 1 Cl 27:2.—AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 14, ’35, 44–46. Closely related in mng. is④ marker of connection of a quality or characteristic w. a pers., with (οὐκ) ἔστιν τι παρά τινι someth. is (not) with or in someone, someone has someth. (nothing) to do w. someth. (Demosth. 18, 277 εἰ ἔστι καὶ παρʼ ἐμοί τις ἐμπειρία; Gen 24:25; Job 12:13; Ps 129:4 παρὰ σοι ὁ ἱλασμός ἐστιν; Just., D. 82, 1 παρὰ … ἡμῖν … χαρίσματα) οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τ. θεῷ Ro 2:11 (TestJob 43, 13). Cp. 9:14; Eph 6:9; Js 1:17. Sim. Mt 8:10; 2 Cor 1:17.⑤ marker of a relationship w. a narrow focus, among, before παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς among themselves (Philo, Cher. 48) διαλογίζεσθαι Mt 21:25 v.l. (cp. Demosth. 10, 17 γιγνώσκειν παρʼ αὑτῷ; Epict., Ench. 48, 2).—In ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω παρὰ θεῷ 1 Cor 7:24, the mng. of παρὰ θεῷ is not certain: let the pers. remain in that position (the same one in which he was when called to salvation) before God; it is prob. meant to remind Christians of the One before whom they cannot even have the appearance of inferiority (ins: Mitt-Wilck, I/2, 4, 4 [13 B.C.] παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Ἑρμῇ=‘before, in the sight of’; Sb 7616 [II A.D.] τὸ προσκύνημά σου ποιῶ παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Σαράπι=‘before the Lord’ S.; 7661, 3 [c. 100 A.D.]; 7932, 7992, 6 [letter II/III A.D.]). Or perh. it simply means that no matter what the situation may be, one is to be focused on God.C. w. acc. of pers. or thing① marker of a position viewed as extended (w. no difference whether παρά answers the question ‘where?’ or ‘whither?’ See B-D-F §236, 1; Rob. 615).ⓐ by, along περιπατεῖν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν (Pla., Gorg. 511e. Cp. SIG 1182; Jos., Ant. 2, 81) Mt 4:18; cp. Mk 1:16.α. παρὰ (τὴν) θάλασσαν by the sea (or lake) , at the shore Mt 13:1; Mk 4:1; 5:21; Ac 10:6, 32; cp. Lk 5:1, 2. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν by the side of the road (X., An. 1, 2, 13; Plut., Lysander 450 [29, 4] a tomb παρὰ τ. ὁδόν=beside the road) Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (but on the road is also poss. in these three places; s. d below).β. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν to (the side of) the sea (lake) Mt 15:29; Mk 2:13. παρὰ ποταμόν to the river Ac 16:13.ⓒ gener. near, at παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τινός at someone’s feet (sit, fall, place etc.; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 16 [Stone p. 44]) Mt 15:30; Lk 7:38; 8:35, 41; 10:39 v.l.; 17:16; Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2; 7:58; 22:3 (s. ET 30, 1919, 39f). παρὰ τὸν πὺργον beside the tower Hs 9, 4, 8; 9, 6, 5; 8; 9, 7, 1; 9, 11, 6.—παρὰ τὴν ἰτέαν 8, 1, 2 (cp. TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 10 [Stone p. 14] παρὰ τὴν δρῦν τὴν Μαμβρῆ).ⓓ on παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν on the road (w. motion implied; Aesop, Fab. 226 P.=420 H.: πεσὼν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν; Phot., Bibl. 94 p. 74b on Iambl. Erot. [Hercher I p. 222, 22] πίπτουσι παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν) Mt 13:4, 19; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5; on the road (w. no motion implied; Theophr., HP 6, 6, 10: the crocus likes to be trodden under foot, διὸ καὶ παρὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς κάλλιστος; Phot. p. 222, 29 H. [s. above]) Mk 4:15; Lk 8:12. Perh. also Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (s. bα above).—παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης on the seashore Hb 11:12 (TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 1 [Stone p. 4]; ApcEsdr 3:10; ApcSed 8:9).② marker of extension in time, during, from … to (Lucian, Catapl. 24 παρὰ τ. βίον=during his life; POxy 472, 10; TestAbr A 20 p. 102, 26 [Stone p. 52] παρὰ μίαν ὥραν; Tat. 14, 2 παρʼ ὸ̔ν ἔζων χρόνον) παρʼ ἐνιαυτόν from year to year (Plut., Cleom. 15, 1; cp. ἐνιαυτός 1) B 10:7.③ marker of comparative advantage, in comparison to, more than, beyond ἁμαρτωλοί, ὀφειλέται π. πάντας Lk 13:2, 4 (PSI 317, 6 [95 A.D.] παρὰ πάντας; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 234 παρὰ τ. ἄλλους ἅπαντας; JosAs 10:6 παρὰ πάσας τὰς παρθένους; Just., A I, 20, 3 παρὰ πάντας ἀδίκως μισούμεθα). κρίνειν ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν (s. κρίνω 1) Ro 14:5. π. πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν B 11:9 (prophetic quot. of unknown orig.). π. πάντα τὰ πνεύματα more than all other spirits Hm 10, 1, 2. ἐλαττοῦν τινα π. τινα make someone inferior to someone Hb 2:7, 9 (s. ἐλαττόω 1 and cp. PGrenf I, 42, 12 [II B.C.] ἐλαττουμένων ἡμῶν παρὰ τοὺς δεῖνα). εἶδος ἐκλεῖπον π. τὸ εἶδος τῶν ἀνθρώπων (s. ἐκλείπω 4) 1 Cl 16:3.—After a comp. (Thu. 1, 23, 3; ApcEsdr 1:22; Tat. 2, 2) Lk 3:13; Hb 1:4; 3:3; 9:23; 11:4; 12:24; B 4:5 (cp. Da 7:7); Hv 3, 12, 1; Hs 9, 18, 2.—When a comparison is made, one member of it may receive so little attention as to pass fr. consideration entirely, so that ‘more than’ becomes instead of, rather than, to the exclusion of (Plut., Mor. 984c; PsSol 9:9; EpArist 134; Just., A I, 22, 2) λατρεύειν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα serve the creation rather than the Creator Ro 1:25 (cp. EpArist 139: the Jews worship τὸν μόνον θεὸν παρʼ ὅλην τὴν κτίσιν). δεδικαιωμένος παρʼ ἐκεῖνον justified rather than the other Lk 18:14. ἔχρισέν σε … παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους (God) has anointed you and not your comrades Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8). ὑπερφρονεῖν παρʼ ὸ̔ δεῖ φρονεῖν Ro 12:3 (Plut., Mor. 83f παρʼ ὸ̔ δεῖ). παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας Hb 11:11 (Plut., Rom. 25, 6 παρʼ ἡλικίαν; cp. ἡλικία 2a).—παρὰ δύναμιν beyond their means (s. δύναμις 2) 2 Cor 8:3.—After ἄλλος (Pla., Lach. 178b, Leg. 3, 693b; X., Hell. 1, 5, 5; Demosth. 18, 235) another than 1 Cor 3:11.④ marker of degree that falls slightly short in comparison, except for, almost παρὰ μικρόν except for a little, almost (s. μικρός 1eγ) Hs 8, 1, 14. Likew. παρά τι (cp. Vett. Val. 228, 6) Lk 5:7 D; Hs 9, 19, 3.⑤ marker of causality, because of (cp. Pind., O. 2, 65 κενεὰν παρὰ δίαιταν ‘in the interest of’ or ‘for the sake of a scanty livelihood’, the scantiness here contrasting with the immense labor involved; Demosth. 4, 11; 9, 2; PRyl 243, 6; POxy 1420, 7) παρὰ τό w. acc. foll. because (SIG 495, 130; UPZ 7, 13 [163 B.C.] παρὰ τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι.—Mayser II/1, 1926, 331; Gen 29:20; Ex 14:11) 1 Cl 39:5f (Job 4:20f). π. τοῦτο because of this (Kühner-G. I 513, 3; Synes., Ep. 44 p. 185a; 57 p. 192d) ITr 5:2; IRo 5:1 (quot. fr. 1 Cor 4:4, where Paul has ἐν τούτῳ). οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐ (double neg. as a strengthened affirmative) not for that reason any the less 1 Cor 12:15f.⑥ marker of that which does not correspond to what is expected, against, contrary to (Hom., Alc. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., Tat., Ath.—Schwyzer II 497) π. τὴν διδαχήν Ro 16:17. παρʼ ἐλπίδα against hope (s. ἐλπίς 1a) in wordplay w. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι 4:18. παρὰ φύσιν (Thu. 6, 17, 1; Pla., Rep. 5, 466d; Tat. 22, 2; Ath. 26, 2, R. 6 p. 54, 13) 1:26; 11:24. παρὰ τὸν νόμον (Just., A II, 2, 4; Ath. 1, 3; cp. X., Mem. 1, 1, 18 παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; PMagd 16, 5 [222 B.C.] παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 233; Just., A I, 68, 10) Ac 18:13. παρʼ ὅ contrary to that which Gal 1:8f (Just., A I, 43, 8).⑦ marker of something that is less, less (Hdt. 9, 33; Plut., Caesar 722 [30, 5]; Jos., Ant. 4, 176; POxy 264, 4 [I A.D.]) τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν forty less one=thirty-nine (i.e. lashes) 2 Cor 11:24 (cp. Makkoth 3, 10 [tr. HDanby, The Mishnah ’33, 407]).—On παρʼ αὐτά ITr 11:1 s. παραυτά.—DELG. M-M. TW. -
120 ἐπί
ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, nearⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, nearⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, onⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).ⓑ w. acc.α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., overⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.⑫ marker of hostile opposition, againstⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, aboutⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.ⓑ w. acc.α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, forⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).ⓒ w. acc.α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.
См. также в других словарях:
τοὖς — ἐ̄ς , εἰς into proclitic indeclform (prep) ἔς , εἰς into proclitic indeclform (prep) οὖς , οὖς Cultes Egyptiens neut nom/voc/acc sg … Greek morphological index (Ελληνική μορφολογικούς δείκτες)
τούς — ὁ lentil masc acc pl … Greek morphological index (Ελληνική μορφολογικούς δείκτες)
Περιτρώγειν αὐτῶν τοὺς δακτύλους. — περιτρώγειν αὐτῶν τοὺς δακτύλους. См. Облизывать пальцы … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
Πρᾷος τοὺς λόγους, ὀξὺς τὰ πράγματα. — πρᾷος τοὺς λόγους, ὀξὺς τὰ πράγματα. См. Железная рука, но мягкая перчатка … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
Τῆς παιδείας τὰς μὲν ῥίζας εἶναι πικράς, γλυκεῖς δὲ τοὺς καρπούς. — Τῆς παιδείας (ἔφη Ἀριστοτέλης) τὰς μὲν ῥίζας εἶναι πικράς, γλυκεῖς δὲ τοὺς καρπούς. См. Корень ученья горек, а плоды сладки … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
Αὐτός τι νῦν δρῶν, εἶτα τοὺς θεοὺς κάλει. — См. На Бога надейся, а сам не плошай … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
Ἐλπὶς γὰρ ἡ βόσκουσα τοὺς πολλοὺς βροτῶν. — См. Надеючись и живут, и мрут … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
Ἐν ἐλπίσι χρὴ τοὺς σοφοὺς ἔχειν βίον. — См. Надеючись и живут, и мрут … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
Πρᾶος τοὺς λόγους, ὀξὺς τὰ πράγματα. — См. Твердо в деле, мягко в формах … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
ανακάθομαι — (τους άλλους χρόνους, δηλ. ενεργ. αόρ. και μτχ. παθ. πρκ., τους παίρνει από το ανακαθίζω βλ. λ.), αμτβ., ενώ είμαι ξαπλωμένος σηκώνω τον κορμό και κάθομαι έχοντας απλωμένα τα πόδια: Τον βρήκα να ανακάθεται στο κρεβάτι … Νέο ερμηνευτικό λεξικό της νεοελληνικής γλώσσας (Новый толковании словарь современного греческого)
Αίγυπτος — I Κράτος της βορειοανατολικής Αφρικής και (σε μικρό μέρος) της δυτικής Ασίας.Συνορεύει στα Δ με τη Λιβύη, στα Ν με το Σουδάν και στα ΒΑ με το Ισραήλ, ενώ βρέχεται στα Β από τη Μεσόγειο θάλασσα και στα Α από την Ερυθρά θάλασσα.Η Α. (αλ… … Dictionary of Greek